Manual Polycom RMX 1500

1010 pages 27.31 mb
Download

Go to site of 1010

Summary
  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 1

    [Type the document title ] Polycom Document Title 1    Version 7.8 | November 2012 | DOC2702A Polycom® RealPresence® Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 2

    © 2012 Polycom, Inc. All rights reserved. Polycom, Inc. 6001 America Center Drive San Jose CA 95002 USA No part of this document may be reproduced or tran smitted in any form or by any means, el ectronic or mechanical, for any purpose, without the express wri tten permission of Polycom, Inc. Under the law, reproducing includes translating in to an ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 3

    T able of Conten ts Polycom, Inc i T able of Content s Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1 About the RMX Administrator’s Guide ......................... .............. .............. .............. ........... 1-1 Who Should Read This Guide? .............. .... ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 4

    Polycom RealPresence® Collaboration Ser ver (RMX) 1500, 2000, 4000 Administrator’ s Guide ii Polycom, Inc Site Names Definition ........................ .............. .............. .............. .............. .............. .... 2-64 Guidelines .......... .............. ............... ........... .............. .............. .............. ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 5

    T able of Conten ts Polycom, Inc iii RMX System Flag Settings .............. .............. .............. .............. .............. ............ 3-23 RMX Profile Setting ......... .............. .............. .............. .............. .............. .............. . 3-24 Additional Intermediate Video Resolutions ............... .......... ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 6

    Polycom RealPresence® Collaboration Ser ver (RMX) 1500, 2000, 4000 Administrator’ s Guide iv Polycom, Inc Guidelines .......... .............. .............. .............. .............. .............. ............... ........... .......... .. 4-33 Enabling Auto Scan and Customized Polling ............... .............. .............. ......... ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 7

    T able of Conten ts Polycom, Inc v RPX and TPX Video Layouts ............ .............. .............. .............. .............. ............... ... 4-58 Enabling Telepresence Mode ..................... .............. .............. .............. .............. ......... 4-60 Conference Level ........................ .............. .......... ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 8

    Polycom RealPresence® Collaboration Ser ver (RMX) 1500, 2000, 4000 Administrator’ s Guide vi Polycom, Inc RMX Configuration Enab ling ISDN Cascading Links .......... .............. ..............5-9 Suppression of DTMF Forwarding ................ ............ .............. .............. ............5-13 Star Cascading Topology .......... ..... ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 9

    T able of Conten ts Polycom, Inc vii Adding a Group from the Address Book to Conferences ............... .............. ........... 8-5 Participant Groups ............ .............. .............. .............. .............. .............. .............. ............ ..... 8-6 Managing Groups in the Addres s Book ...................... ......... ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 10

    Polycom RealPresence® Collaboration Ser ver (RMX) 1500, 2000, 4000 Administrator’ s Guide viii Polycom, Inc Operator Assistance & Participant Move . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-1 Operator Conferences ............... .............. .............. .............. .............. ............ .............. ......... 10- ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 11

    T able of Conten ts Polycom, Inc ix Viewing the Properties of an Ongoing S VC- based Conference ................... ....... 13-14 Monitoring Operator Conferences and Part icipants Requiring Assistance ...... 13-18 Requesting Help ................. .............. .............. ........... .............. .............. ............. 13-18 Request to ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 12

    Polycom RealPresence® Collaboration Ser ver (RMX) 1500, 2000, 4000 Administrator’ s Guide x Polycom, Inc User and Connection Management in Ultra Se cure Mode ................ .............. .............. . 15-8 Managing the System Users .. ................. ............... .............. .............. .............. ............15-9 User Types ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 13

    T able of Conten ts Polycom, Inc xi Obtaining ISDN/PSTN req uired informatio n ................. .............. ............... . 16-41 Modifying an ISDN/PSTN Network Service ................... .............. .............. .......... 16-47 Network Security ............ .............. .............. .............. .............. .............. ... ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 14

    Polycom RealPresence® Collaboration Ser ver (RMX) 1500, 2000, 4000 Administrator’ s Guide xii Polycom, Inc Defining a New Conference IVR Service .................... .............. .............. .............. ............17-6 Defining a New Conference IVR Service ...... .............. .............. .............. ................. . 17-6 Entr ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 15

    T able of Conten ts Polycom, Inc xiii Gateway Redial or Redialing Gateway Calls ...................... .............. .............. ....... 19-11 Guidelines ............. ............... .............. .............. ........... .............. .............. ............. 19-11 Redial on Wrong Number ......... .............. .............. ....... ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 16

    Polycom RealPresence® Collaboration Ser ver (RMX) 1500, 2000, 4000 Administrator’ s Guide xiv Polycom, Inc Monitoring Conferences ......................... .............. .............. .............. .............. .............. ..... 20-1 6 Grouping the Participants by MCU .................. .............. .............. .............. ...... ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 17

    T able of Conten ts Polycom, Inc xv Private MIBs ............... .............. .............. .............. ............... .............. ........... ....... 21-27 Support for MIB-II Sections ...... .............. .............. .............. .............. ............... . 21-27 The Alarm-MIB ................ .............. .............. ... ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 18

    Polycom RealPresence® Collaboration Ser ver (RMX) 1500, 2000, 4000 Administrator’ s Guide xvi Polycom, Inc Network Intrusion Detection Sy stem (NIDS) ...................... .............. .............21-58 Using the Information Collector ............... .............. .............. ................. .............. ..... 21-58 Step 1: Creating ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 19

    T able of Conten ts Polycom, Inc xvii Performing Advanced Mode Diagnostics ....... .............. .............. .............. ............. 23-27 Diagnostics Monitoring ............... ............... .............. .............. .............. .............. ....... 23-31 MCU Monitor ..... .............. .............. .............. .......... ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 20

    Polycom RealPresence® Collaboration Ser ver (RMX) 1500, 2000, 4000 Administrator’ s Guide xviii Polycom, Inc Purchasing a Certificate ......... ............... .............. .............. .............. .............. .............. .. F-2 Installing the Certificate ....... .. ............... .............. .............. .............. ...... ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 21

    T able of Conten ts Polycom, Inc xix Environment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H-1 Overview ........ .............. ........... .............. ............... .............. .............. .............. ........... ... .......... H-1 Conferencing Entities Presence .......... ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 22

    Polycom RealPresence® Collaboration Ser ver (RMX) 1500, 2000, 4000 Administrator’ s Guide xx Polycom, Inc Modify the MCU Management Network Se rvice to Include the DNS Server . .. H-36 Defining a SIP Network Service in the MCU and Installing the Secur ity Certificate .............. .............. .............. .............. ........... ....... ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 23

    T able of Conten ts Polycom, Inc xxi Model 1 ......... ........... .............. .............. .............. ........... ............... .............. .............. ... ...... I-8 Call Flow ....................... ............... ........... .............. .............. .............. .............. ............ ...... I-9 Multipoint call via ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 24

    Polycom RealPresence® Collaboration Ser ver (RMX) 1500, 2000, 4000 Administrator’ s Guide xxii Polycom, Inc USB Ports on RealPresence Collaborat ion Server (RMX) 1500/RealPresence Collaboration Se rver (RMX) 2000/ Re alPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 4000 ....................... .............. .............. .............. .............. ... ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 25

    Polycom, Inc. 1-1 1 Overview About the RMX Administrator ’ s Guide The Polycom® Polycom® RealPresence® Collaboration Server 1500, 2000, 4000 provides instructions for configuring , deploying, an d administering Polycom Multipoint Control Units (MCUs) for video conferencing. This gu ide will help you unders tand the Polycom video conferencing c ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 26

    Polycom RealPresence Coll aboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 1-2 Polycom, Inc. The RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 150 0/2000/4000 Deployment Guide for Maximum Security Environments provides a deployment methodol ogy for system administrators implementing Maximum Security Environments . Who Should Read This Guide? System administrators ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 27

    Chapter 1-Overview Polycom, Inc. 1-3 About the Polycom RMX System The Polycom RMX 1500/2000/4 000 Multipoint C ontrol Unit (MCU) is a high performance, scalable, IP-network (H.323 and SIP) and ISDN /PSTN solution that provides the user with feature-rich and easy-to-use multip oint voice and video conferencing. The RMX 1500/2000/4000 unit can be con ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 28

    Polycom RealPresence Coll aboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 1-4 Polycom, Inc. IP and ISDN Network Guidelines IP Networks In the RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500 and RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 2000, system management and IP conferencing are performed via a sin gle LAN port. The networks can be separate d in Maximum Secu ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 29

    Chapter 1-Overview Polycom, Inc. 1-5 In the example shown here, the RealPresence Collaboration Server Licensing Mode is CP Licensing , and the Card Configuration Mode is MPMx . Feature Support with MPMx Cards Only Table 1-2 lists the RMX (RMX ) features that are only supported with MPMx cards. . T able 1-2 Features Supported with MPMx Card Confi gu ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 30

    Polycom RealPresence Coll aboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 1-6 Polycom, Inc. Content at HD1080p Resolution Content is supported at HD1080p re solution at 30 fps and 60 f ps. HD H.264 Content and H.264 Content for Cascading links Enables conference participant s to receive higher quality Content in both standard conferences and cascaded confe ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 31

    Chapter 1-Overview Polycom, Inc. 1-7 Cascading between RMX Meeting room / Microsoft A/V MCU Microsoft L ync users can connect an RMX Meeting Room to a conference running on the Microsoft A/V MCU . FEC Support Support of Microsoft RTV FEC ( Forward Error Correction ) that controls and correct packet loss when receiving and sending video streams usin ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 32

    Polycom RealPresence Coll aboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 1-8 Polycom, Inc. W orkst ation Requirement s The RMX Web Client and RMX Manager applications can be installed in an environment that meets the following requirements: • Minimum Hardware – Intel® Pentium® III, 1 GHz or higher, 1024 MB RAM, 500 MB free disk space. • Workstation ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 33

    Polycom, Inc. 2-1 2 Conference Profiles Profiles stored on the MCU enable you to defi ne all types of conferences. Profiles include conference parameters such as Conferencing Mode, Conference Session Type, Conference Line Rate, People and Content resolution an d settings, Video Layout, Encryption, Lost Packet Recovery etc. The maximum number of Con ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 34

    Polycom RealPresen ce Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide 2-2 Polycom, Inc. Media Relay - SVC Conferencing SVC Conferencing is based on the SVC vi deo protocol and SAC audio protocol. SVC Conferencing offers h igh resolution vide o conferencing with low end-to-en d latency and improved Error Resiliency without video t ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 35

    Chapter 2-Confere nce Profiles Polycom, Inc. 2-3 For conferences with more participants than display squares , the RMX dynamic video mix capability allows t he viewed sites to be modified thro ughout the confere nce. The displayed layout can be changed during an ongoing c onference, allowing a participant to view different screen layouts of the oth ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 36

    Polycom RealPresen ce Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide 2-4 Polycom, Inc. Video Protocol Support in CP Conferences The video protocol selected by the system de termines the video compression standard used by the endpoints. In Continuous Prese nce c onferences, the system selects the best video protocol for each of t ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 37

    Chapter 2-Confere nce Profiles Polycom, Inc. 2-5 Guidelines • Only H.264 Base and High Profile vide o protocols are supported in Video Switching Conferences. • Video Switching conferences can be set to one of the following resolutions, depending on the capabilities of the endpoints connecting to the confe rence: — H.264 1080p60 (Symmetrically ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 38

    Polycom RealPresen ce Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide 2-6 Polycom, Inc. • Site (endpoint) names, skins, message overlay etc. are not supported in Video Switching. • Video forcing is enabled at the conference and participant levels. • To connect to a Video Switching conference via Entry Queue, the Profile ass ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 39

    Chapter 2-Confere nce Profiles Polycom, Inc. 2-7 A VC Conferencing Parameters Basic Conferencing Parameters When defining a new video Profile, you sele ct the parameters that dete rmine the video display on the particip ant’s endpoint and the quality of the video. When defining a new conference Pr ofile, the system uses default va lues for Contin ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 40

    Polycom RealPresen ce Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide 2-8 Polycom, Inc. • Video Clarity - Video Clarity feature applies vide o enhancing algorithms to incoming video streams of resolutions up to and including SD. • Supported resolutions: — H.261 CIF/QCIF – Is supported in Continuous Presence (CP) conferenc ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 41

    Chapter 2-Confere nce Profiles Polycom, Inc. 2-9 — Video forcing works in the same way as in Lecture Mode when Presentation Mode is activated, that is , forcing is onl y enab led at the confer ence level, and it only applies to the video layout viewed by the lecturer. • Telepres ence Mode (CP Conf erences only) - enables the connection of numer ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 42

    Polycom RealPresen ce Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide 2-10 Polycom, Inc. Default Profile Settings in CP Conferencing Mode The RMX is shipped with a default Conference Profile for CP conferences which allows users to immediatel y start st andard ongoing CP confer ences. These are also the default setting s when cre ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 43

    Chapter 2-Confere nce Profiles Polycom, Inc. 2-11 This Profile is automatically as signed to the following conferencing entities: Auto Scan Interval Disabled (10) Auto Layout Enabled Echo Suppression Enabled Keyboard Noise Suppression Disabled Audio Clarity Enabled Mute participants except the lecturer Disabled Skin Polycom IVR Name Conference IVR ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 44

    Polycom RealPresen ce Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide 2-12 Polycom, Inc. SVC-based Conferencing The SVC-Based conferencing mode provides vi deo without transcoding by the MCU, hence requiring less vide o resources while providing better error resiliency and lower latency. Using the SVC video protocol, SVC conferen ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 45

    Chapter 2-Confere nce Profiles Polycom, Inc. 2-13 For instance, an SVC endpoint might want to receive three video streams at different frame rates and resolutions, and create a conference la yout with the received video streams. Each SVC-enabled endpoint sends encoded SVC bit streams to the MCU to relay to the other SVC-enabled endpoints in the con ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 46

    Polycom RealPresen ce Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide 2-14 Polycom, Inc. • Dial-in is avai lable as follows: — AVC endpoints (participants) can only connect to an AVC conference. Wh en dialing into SVC Only conferences they will be disconnected and the calls fail. — SVC endpoints support both AVC and SVC vid ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 47

    Chapter 2-Confere nce Profiles Polycom, Inc. 2-15 MCU Supported Resolutions for SVC Conferencing The MCU automatically selects the resolu tion an d frame rate according to the conference line rate. Table 2-5 details the maximum reso lution and frame rates supported by t he MCU for each conference line rate. The actual vi deo rate, resolution and fr ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 48

    Polycom RealPresen ce Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide 2-16 Polycom, Inc. V iewing Profiles Conference Profiles are listed in the Conference Profiles list pane. To list Conference Profiles: 1 In the RMX Management pane, ex pand the Rarely Used list. 2 Click the Conference Profiles button. The Conference Profiles ar ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 49

    Chapter 2-Confere nce Profiles Polycom, Inc. 2-17 Profile T oolbar The Profile toolbar prov ides quick access to the Profile functions: Modifying an Existing Profile You can modify any of the Profile’s parameters but you cannot rename the Profile . To modify the Profil e Properties: 1 In the Conference Profiles list, double -click the Profi le ic ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 50

    Polycom RealPresen ce Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide 2-18 Polycom, Inc. Deleting a Conference Profile To delete a Conference Profile: 1 In the Conference Profiles list, select the Conference Profile you want t o delete. 2 Click the Delete Profil e () button. or Right-click the Conference Profile to be deleted and ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 51

    Chapter 2-Confere nce Profiles Polycom, Inc. 2-19 The following Profile Definition procedure assumes that the RMX is in MPMx Mode. Differences in the procedure that are affected by the Card Configuration Mode will be highlighted and explained as and when applicable. Defining A VC Conferencing Profiles To define a new Profile: 1 In the RMX Managemen ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 52

    Polycom RealPresen ce Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide 2-20 Polycom, Inc. 3 Define the Profile name and, if required, the Profile - General parameters: T able 2-8 New A VC Profile - General Parameters Field/Optio n Description Display Name Enter a unique Profile name, as follows: • English tex t uses ASCII encodi ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 53

    Chapter 2-Confere nce Profiles Polycom, Inc. 2-21 4 Click th e Advanced tab. Video Switching If the Operator Conference option is selected, this option is disabled, and the selection is cleared. Select the video protocol and resolution for the conferen ce. When selected, the conference is in a special conferencing mode which implies that all partic ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 54

    Polycom RealPresen ce Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide 2-22 Polycom, Inc. The New Profile – Advanc ed dialog box opens. 5 Define the following par ameters: T able 2-9 New A VC Profile - Advanced Parameters Field/Optio n Description Encryp tion Select the Encryption option for the conference: • Encrypt All - Enc ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 55

    Chapter 2-Confere nce Profiles Polycom, Inc. 2-23 LPR When selected (default for CP conferences), Lost Packet Recovery creates additional packets that contain recovery information used to reconstruct packets that are lost during transmission. LPR check box is automatically cleare d if High Definition Video Switching is selected, but can be sele cte ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 56

    Polycom RealPresen ce Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide 2-24 Polycom, Inc. TIP Compatibility Select the TIP Compatibility mode when implementi ng an RMX and Cisco T el epresence Systems (CTS) Integration solu tion. • None • Video Only • Vide o & Content The TIP Compatibility mode affect s in the user video ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 57

    Chapter 2-Confere nce Profiles Polycom, Inc. 2-25 6 For CP Conferences only: Click the Gatheri ng Settings tab. 7 Optional. Define the following fields if the conference is not launched by the Polycom Conferencing Add-in for Microsoft Outlook : • If the conference is launched by the Pol ycom Conferencing Add-in fo r Microsoft Outlook the field in ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 58

    Polycom RealPresen ce Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide 2-26 Polycom, Inc. For more information see " Video Preview” on page 4-26 . Displayed Language Se lect the Gathering Phase slide languag e: Gathering Phase slide field he adings are displayed in the language selected. The Gathering Phase slide can be in ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 59

    Chapter 2-Confere nce Profiles Polycom, Inc. 2-27 8 Click th e Video Qual ity tab. The New Profile – Video Qu ality dialog box opens. 9 Define the following parameter s: T able 2-1 1 New A VC Profile - Video Quality Parameters Field/Option Description People V ideo Defi nition Video Quality Depending on the amount of movement contained in the con ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 60

    Polycom RealPresen ce Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide 2-28 Polycom, Inc. Maximum Resolution This setting overrides the Maximum Resolution setting of the Resolution Configu ration dia log box. The administrator can select one of the foll owing Maximum Resolution o ptions: • Auto (default) - The Maximum Resolution ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 61

    Chapter 2-Confere nce Profiles Polycom, Inc. 2-29 Content Video Definition Content Settings Select the transmission mode for the Content channel : • Graphics — basic mode, intended for normal graphics • Hi-res Gr aphics (A VC Only) — a higher bit rate intende d for high resolution graphi c display • Live Video (A VC Only) — Content chan ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 62

    Polycom RealPresen ce Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide 2-30 Polycom, Inc. 10 Click the Video Sett ings tab. The New Profile - Video Sett ings dialog box opens. 11 Define the video display mode and layout us ing the following parameters: Site Names field is only displayed in MPM+ Mode T able 2-12 New A VC Profil e - ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 63

    Chapter 2-Confere nce Profiles Polycom, Inc. 2-31 Send Cont ent to Legacy Endpoints (CP only) When enabled (default), Content c an be sent to H. 323/SIP/ISDN endpoints that do not support H.239 Content (legacy endpoints) over the video (people) channel. For more information see Chapter 4, “ Sending Content to Legacy Endpoints (A VC Only)” on pa ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 64

    Polycom RealPresen ce Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide 2-32 Polycom, Inc. Same Layout (CP onl y) Select this option to force the sele cted layout on all participant s in a conference. Displays the same video stream to all participant s and personal selection of the video layout is disabled. In addition, if particip ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 65

    Chapter 2-Confere nce Profiles Polycom, Inc. 2-33 In layout 2+8, the two central windows displa y the last two speakers in the conference: the current speaker and the “previous” speake r. To mini mize the changes in the la yout, when a new speaker is identified the “previou s” speaker is replaced by the new speaker while the current speaker ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 66

    Polycom RealPresen ce Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide 2-34 Polycom, Inc. 12 To select the Video Layout for the conference, click the required number of windows from the layouts bar and then select the windows array. The selected layout is displaye d in the Video Layout pane. T able 2-14 Video Layout Options Number ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 67

    Chapter 2-Confere nce Profiles Polycom, Inc. 2-35 13 Click th e Audio Settings tab. The New Profile - Audio Settings dialog box opens. 14 Define the video display mode an d layout using the following pa rameters: T able 2-15 New A VC Profile - Audio Settings Parameters Field/Option Description Echo Suppression When enabled (default), an algorithm i ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 68

    Polycom RealPresen ce Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide 2-36 Polycom, Inc. Keyboard Noise Suppression Select this option to let the system use an algorithm to search for and detect keyboard noises and automatically mute them when detected. Notes: • This option is acti vated only in MPM+ and MPMx Card Configuration ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 69

    Chapter 2-Confere nce Profiles Polycom, Inc. 2-37 Mute participant except lecturer When the Mute Participants Except Lecturer option is enabled , the audio of all participants in the conference except for the lecturer can be automatically muted upon connection to the conference. This prevent s other conference p artici pant s from acc ident ally in ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 70

    Polycom RealPresen ce Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide 2-38 Polycom, Inc. 15 For CP Conferences only: Click the Skins tab to modify the background and frames. The New Profile - Skins dialog box opens. 16 Select one of the Skin options. 17 Click IVR tab. In Classic V iew (for the first two skin options) the frames f ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 71

    Chapter 2-Confere nce Profiles Polycom, Inc. 2-39 The New Profile - IVR dialog box opens. 18 If required, set the following pa rameters: 19 Optional . Click the Recording tab to enable conference recording with Polycom RSS 2000/4000 . T able 2-16 New A VC Profile - IVR Parameters Field/Option Description Conference IVR Service The default conferenc ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 72

    Polycom RealPresen ce Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide 2-40 Polycom, Inc. The New Profile - Recording tab opens. 20 Define the following par ameters: T able 2-17 New A VC Profil e - Recording Parameters Parameter Description Enable Recordi ng Select this check box to enable the Recording settings. If no Recording L ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 73

    Chapter 2-Confere nce Profiles Polycom, Inc. 2-41 21 For MPMx Card Configuratio n Mode and CP Conferences only: Click the Site Names tab to display the Site Names dialog box. Using the Si te Name dialog box, you can control the display of the site names by defining the font, size, colo r, background color and transparency and position within the Vi ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 74

    Polycom RealPresen ce Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide 2-42 Polycom, Inc. 22 Define the following par ameters: T able 2 -18 New A VC Profile - Site Names Parameters Field Description Display Mode Select the display mode fo r the site names: • Auto - Display the Site Names for 10 seconds whenever the Video Layout ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 75

    Chapter 2-Confere nce Profiles Polycom, Inc. 2-43 Display Position Sele ct the pre-set position for the display of the Site Names. Selection Site Names Position LeftT op (Default) T op RightT op LeftMiddle RightMiddle T able 2-18 New A VC Profile - Site Na mes Parameters (Continued) Field Description ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 76

    Polycom RealPresen ce Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide 2-44 Polycom, Inc. Display Position (cont.) LeftBottom Bottom RightBottom Custom The current Site Names display position becomes the initial position for Site Names position adjustments using the Horizontal and Ve r t i c al Position sliders. Horizontal Positio ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 77

    Chapter 2-Confere nce Profiles Polycom, Inc. 2-45 23 For CP Conferences only: Click the Message Overlay tab to display the Message Overlay dialog box. Background T ransparency Move the slider to the left to decr ease the transparency of the background of the Site Names text . 0 = No transparency (solid background color). Move the slider to the righ ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 78

    Polycom RealPresen ce Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide 2-46 Polycom, Inc. Message Overlay enables you to send text me ssages to all particip ants during ongoing Continuous Presence conferences. The text mess age is seen a s part of the in the participant’s video layout on the endpoint screen or desktop display. F ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 79

    Chapter 2-Confere nce Profiles Polycom, Inc. 2-47 Color From the drop-down menu select the color and background of the Message Overlay display text. The choices are: Default: White T ext on Red Background . V ertical Position ( MPMx Card Configuration Mode Only) Move the slider to the right to move the vertical position of the Message Overlay downw ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 80

    Polycom RealPresen ce Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide 2-48 Polycom, Inc. As the fields are modified the Preview changes to show the effect of the changes. For example: 24 Click the Network Servi ces tab. The New Profile - Network Serv ices tab opens. Registration of conferencing entities such as ongoing conference ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 81

    Chapter 2-Confere nce Profiles Polycom, Inc. 2-49 25 Define the following parameter s: 26 Click OK to complete the Profile definition. A new Profile is created and added to the Conference Profiles list . T able 2-20 New A VC Profile - Network Services Parameters Parameter Description IP Network Services: Service Name This column lists all the defin ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 82

    Polycom RealPresen ce Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide 2-50 Polycom, Inc. Defining a V ideo Switching Conference Profile A Video Switching-enabl ed Profile must be created prior to running Video Switching conferences. Video Switching conferences and Meeting Rooms are created by selecting a Video Switching-enabled P ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 83

    Chapter 2-Confere nce Profiles Polycom, Inc. 2-51 3 Define the Profile name and, if requir ed, the Profile - General parameters: T able 2-21 New A VC Profile (VSW) - General Parameters Field/Option Description Display Name Enter a uni que Profile name, as follows: • English tex t uses ASCII encodi ng and can contain the most characters (l ength v ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 84

    Polycom RealPresen ce Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide 2-52 Polycom, Inc. Video Switching If the Operator Conference option is selected, this option is disabled, and the selection is cleared. • Select this check box to create a Video Switching profile. • Then select the vid eo protocol and resoluti on for the c ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 85

    Chapter 2-Confere nce Profiles Polycom, Inc. 2-53 When Video Switching is selected for the conference, the following options are not availabl e : — Operator Conference — Gathering Phase — Video Setti ngs: • Presentation Mode • Send Content To Legacy Endpoints • Auto Layout/Same Layout (only full scre en, 1x1 layout display is available) ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 86

    Polycom RealPresen ce Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide 2-54 Polycom, Inc. — Endpoints that do not support High Profile, connecting to the VSW conference at the exact line rate and exact resolution define d for the conference are connected to the conference as Secondary (audio only). • For H.264 Base Profile VSW ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 87

    Chapter 2-Confere nce Profiles Polycom, Inc. 2-55 Defining SVC Conferencing Profiles To define SVC Only Profile: 1 In the RMX Management pane, click Con ference Profil es . 2 In the Conference Profiles pane, click the New Profi le button. The New Profile – General dialog box opens. By default, the Profile is set to AVC Only Conferencing Mode . 3 ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 88

    Polycom RealPresen ce Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide 2-56 Polycom, Inc. The profile tabs and options change accordingly and only supported options are available for selection. Unsupported options are disabled (grayed out). 4 Define the Profile name and, if required, the Profile - General parameters: T able 2-23 N ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 89

    Chapter 2-Confere nce Profiles Polycom, Inc. 2-57 5 Click th e Advanced tab. The New Profile – Advanced dialog box opens. Routing Name Enter the Profile name using ASCII characters set. The Routing Name can be defined by the user or automatically generated by the system if no Rout ing Name is enter ed as follows: • If an all ASCII text is enter ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 90

    Polycom RealPresen ce Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide 2-58 Polycom, Inc. 6 Define the following supported parameters: T able 2-24 New SVC Profi le - Advanced Parameters Field/Optio n Description Auto T erminate When se lected (default), the conference automatically ends when the termination conditions are met: Bef ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 91

    Chapter 2-Confere nce Profiles Polycom, Inc. 2-59 7 Click th e Video Qual ity tab. The New Profile – Video Qu ality dialog box opens. 8 Define the following parameter s: 9 Click th e Network Services ta b. T able 2-25 New SVC Pro file - Video Quality Parameters Field/Option Description Content Video Definition Content Settings Only Graphics is av ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 92

    Polycom RealPresen ce Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide 2-60 Polycom, Inc. The New Profile - Network Serv ices tab opens. Registration of conferencing entities such as ongoing conf erence s, Meeting Rooms, and SIP Factories with SIP servers is done per c onferencing entity. This allows better control of the number o ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 93

    Chapter 2-Confere nce Profiles Polycom, Inc. 2-61 11 Click OK to complete the Profile definition. A new Profile is created and added to the Conference Profiles list . CP Conferencing Additional Information Overlay Layout s Overlay Layouts allow ad ditional participant endpoints to be displayed in 1x1 conference Video Layout s. The following Overlay ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 94

    Polycom RealPresen ce Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide 2-62 Polycom, Inc. • Overlay Layouts are not selected as de faults by th e system. Default layouts are selected as in previous versions and are de scribed in detail in " Auto Layout – Default Layouts” on page 2-33 . •T h e Overlay Layouts are not a ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 95

    Chapter 2-Confere nce Profiles Polycom, Inc. 2-63 Selecting the Overlay Layouts The Overlay Layouts are se lected using the New Profile - Video Settings dialog box. An additional tab, Overlay , has been added and includes the addi tional la yout options. New T ab: Overlay 1 St andalone Endpoint 2 St andalone Endpoint s 3 St andalone Endpoint s 1 IT ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 96

    Polycom RealPresen ce Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide 2-64 Polycom, Inc. Site Names Definition Using the Site Name dialog box, you can control the displa y of the site names by defining the font, size, color, background color an d trans parency and position wit hin the Video Window . Guidelines •O n l y MPMx car ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 97

    Chapter 2-Confere nce Profiles Polycom, Inc. 2-65 — Picture Skins - Sit e Names text is displayed with a background. •I n MPMx Card Configuration Mode, the Site Names tab options replace the functionality of the System Flags that were used in versions 7.6 and earlier (as for MPM+). •I n MPM+ Card Configuration Mode , Site Names display is con ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 98

    Polycom RealPresen ce Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide 2-66 Polycom, Inc. • Selecting a preset position from the drop-down menu in the Display Position fi eld. •M o v i n g t h e Horizontal and Vertical Position slid ers. • Selecting Custom and moving the Horizontal and Vertical Position sliders. Selecting a ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 99

    Chapter 2-Confere nce Profiles Polycom, Inc. 2-67 Message Overlay for T ext Messaging Message Overlay allows the oper ator or administrator to send text mess ages to a single, several or all particip ants du ring an ongoing confere nce. The text message is seen as pa rt of the in the participant’ s video layout on the endpoint screen or desktop d ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 100

    Polycom RealPresen ce Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide 2-68 Polycom, Inc. • Participant s that have their vi deo suspended do not receive Message Over lays messages. • Message Overlay text messages cannot be sent via the Content channel. • Message Overlay messages are not displayed when the PCM menu is active ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 101

    Chapter 2-Confere nce Profiles Polycom, Inc. 2-69 Chinese Font T ypes On an RMX with a n MPMx card a u ser can sele ct one of seve ral Chinese fonts for use when sending text over video. New fonts can be selected with the following features: •S i t e N a m e s •M e s s a g e O v e r l a y • Gathering Phase Slide New Chinese fonts available ar ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 102

    Polycom RealPresen ce Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide 2-70 Polycom, Inc. • A participant moved to another conference will be shown the font used by the new conference, even if the conferenc es use different fonts. Exporting and Importing Conference Profiles Conference Profiles can be exported from one MCU and im ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 103

    Chapter 2-Confere nce Profiles Polycom, Inc. 2-71 3 Click th e Export Confer ence Profil es button or right-click the Conference Profiles pane, and the n click Export Confer ence Profiles . The Conference Profile - Export dialog box is displayed. 4 In the Export Path field, click Browse to navigate to the location of the desired path where you want ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 104

    Polycom RealPresen ce Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide 2-72 Polycom, Inc. The Conference Profile - Export dialog box is dis played. 3 In the Export Path field, click Browse to navigate to the location of the desired p ath where you want to save the exported file. 4 In the Profiles file name field, type the file nam ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 105

    Chapter 2-Confere nce Profiles Polycom, Inc. 2-73 3 Click th e Import Conference Profiles button or right-click the Conference Profiles pane, and the n click Import Conference Profiles . The Conference Profile - Import dialog box is displayed. 4 In the Import Path field, click Browse to navigate to th e path and fil e name of the exported Conferenc ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 106

    Polycom RealPresen ce Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide 2-74 Polycom, Inc. ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 107

    Polycom, Inc. 3-1 3 V ideo Protocols and Resolution Configuration for CP Conferencing V ideo Resolutions in A VC-based CP Conferencing The Polycom ® RealPresence ® Collaboration Server always attempts to connect to endpoints at the highest line rate defined for the conf erence. If the connectio n cannot be established using the conference line ra ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 108

    Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide 3-2 Polycom, Inc. Video Display with CIF , SD and HD Video Connections Although any combination of CIF, SD and HD connections is support ed in all CP conferences, the following rules apply: • In a 1X1 Video Layo ut : — SD: If the speaker transmits CIF, the M ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 109

    Chapter 3-Vide o Protocols and Resolution Configuration for CP Conferencing Polycom, Inc. 3-3 — For Content Sharing — As an RSS Recording link — With Video Preview • HD1080p60 is supported — In Continuous Presence ( CP ) mode: • At bit rates of up to 4Mbps. • HD1080p60 is supported asymmetrically: The RMX receives HD720p60 and sends H ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 110

    Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide 3-4 Polycom, Inc. The creation of a new H.263 4CIF slide is suppo rted in the IVR Service in addition to the current H.263 IVR slide. If user s utilize the default Polycom sl ides that are delivered with RMX 1500/2000/4000, the slide’s resolution will be as de ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 111

    Chapter 3-Vide o Protocols and Resolution Configuration for CP Conferencing Polycom, Inc. 3-5 • Video Qualit y Optimized Video is optimized through higher resolution connections at lower li ne rates increasing the resource usage at lower line r ates. Th is may decrease the number of participant connections. Video Resource Usage Video resource usa ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 112

    Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide 3-6 Polycom, Inc. Figure 3-2 Resolutions use d per Line Rates When Re so lution Configuration is set to Resource- Quality Balanced Configuration in Sharpn ess and Motion Mode, MPMx Figure 3-3 Resolutions use d per Line Rates When Re so lution Configuration is se ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 113

    Chapter 3-Vide o Protocols and Resolution Configuration for CP Conferencing Polycom, Inc. 3-7 Figure 3-4 Resolutions used per Line Rates When Resolution Configuration is set to Resource Optimized Config uration in Sharpness and Moti on Mode, MPMx Figure 3-5 Resolutions used per Line Rates When Resolution Configuration is set to Quality Optimized Co ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 114

    Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide 3-8 Polycom, Inc. Figure 3-6 Resolutions used per Line Rates When Resolution Configu ration is set to Quality Optimized Configuration in Sh arpness and Motion Mode, MPMx ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 115

    Chapter 3-Vide o Protocols and Resolution Configuration for CP Conferencing Polycom, Inc. 3-9 H.264 High Profile De cision Matrices (MPMx) The following illustrations show th e resolutions used for the vario us Line Rates for each of the pre-defined optimization settings for H.264 High Prof ile and Video Quality setting Sharpness and Motion for MPM ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 116

    Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide 3-10 Polycom, Inc. Figure 3-9 Resolutions use d per Line Rates When Re so lution Configuration is set to Resource Optimized Configuration in Sh arpness and Motion Mode, MPMx H.264 Base Profile and High Profile Comp arison The following illustrations show a compa ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 117

    Chapter 3-Vide o Protocols and Resolution Configuration for CP Conferencing Polycom, Inc. 3-11 Figure 3-1 1 Resolution usage for H.264 High Profile and H.264 Base Profile for Motion at variou s line rates when Resolution Configuration is set to Video Quality Optimized Figure 3-12 Resolution usage for H.264 High Profile and H.264 Base Profil e for M ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 118

    Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide 3-12 Polycom, Inc. Default Minimum Threshold Line Rates and Resour ce Usage Summary The following Table summarizes the Default Minimum Threshold Line Rates and Video Resource usage for each of the pre-define d optimization settings for each Resolution , H.264 Pr ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 119

    Chapter 3-Vide o Protocols and Resolution Configuration for CP Conferencing Polycom, Inc. 3-13 Resolution Configuration for CP Conferences The Resolution Configuration dialog box enables RMX administ rators to override the default video resolution decision matrix, effectively creating th eir own decision matrix. The minimum threshold line rates at ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 120

    Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide 3-14 Polycom, Inc. Modifying the Resolution Config uration in MPM or MPM+ Card Configuration Mode The Resolution Configuration dialog box shown below is disp layed when the RMX is in MPM , MPM+ or MPMx Card Configuration Mode . The Resolution Configuration dialo ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 121

    Chapter 3-Vide o Protocols and Resolution Configuration for CP Conferencing Polycom, Inc. 3-15 Limiting Maximum Resolution Before a selection is made in this pane, the Maximum CP Resolution of the system is determined by the MAX_CP_RESOLUTION System Flag. The MAX_CP_RESOLUTION flag value is applied to the system during First Time Power-on and after ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 122

    Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide 3-16 Polycom, Inc. • Video Quality Optimized Video is optimized through higher resolution connections at lower li ne rates increasing the resource us age at lower line rates. Th is may decrease the number of participant connections. The V ideo Quality Optimize ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 123

    Chapter 3-Vide o Protocols and Resolution Configuration for CP Conferencing Polycom, Inc. 3-17 Modifying the Resolution Configuration in MPMx Card Configuration Mode The Resolution Configuration - Basic Configuration dialog box is the first dialog box displayed when the RMX is in MPMx Card Configuration Mode. Clicking the Detailed Configur ation bu ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 124

    Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide 3-18 Polycom, Inc. Maximum CP Resolution Pane In MPMx Card Configuration Mode the RMX can be set to one of the following Maximum CP Resolutions : • HD 1080p60 • HD 1080p30 • HD 720p30 •S D 3 0 •C I F 3 0 Limiting Maximum Reso lution Before a selection ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 125

    Chapter 3-Vide o Protocols and Resolution Configuration for CP Conferencing Polycom, Inc. 3-19 • Base Profile - Endpoints that do not su pport H.264 High Profile connect at these minimum threshold bit ra tes. • High Profil e - Endpoints that support H.264 High Profile connect at these minimum threshold bit ra tes. Although the default minimum t ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 126

    Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide 3-20 Polycom, Inc. Minimum Frame Rate Thresh old for SD Resolu tion The MINIMUM_FR AME_RATE_THRE SHOLD_FOR_SD System Flag can be added and set to prevent low quality, low frame rate vide o from being sent to endpoints by ensuring that an SD channel is not opened ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 127

    Chapter 3-Vide o Protocols and Resolution Configuration for CP Conferencing Polycom, Inc. 3-21 Endpoints will connect at resolutions as se t out in the following table, depending on whether they support H.264 High Profile or not: Additional V ideo Resoluti ons in MPM+/MPMx Card Configuration Mode The following higher v ideo quality resolu tions are ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 128

    Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide 3-22 Polycom, Inc. — With H.323, SIP and ISDN endpoints. H.323 endpoints must identify themselves as Tandberg MXP during capabiliti es exchange. — In all Video Layouts . — In 1x1 Layout : • When Video Clarity is Off , the RMX transmits the same resol uti ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 129

    Chapter 3-Vide o Protocols and Resolution Configuration for CP Conferencing Polycom, Inc. 3-23 * It is recomme nd to set the endpoint to Motio n to ensu re the trans mission of the high er frame r ates of 25fps/30fps to the RMX. ‡ MXP 990/3000 endpoints transmit 576x448 pixels. Other MXP endpoints may transmit other resolutions eg. CIF . Content ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 130

    Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide 3-24 Polycom, Inc. RMX Profile Setting •O n t h e R M X , t h e Video Quality field in the New Profile - Video Quality dialog box must be set to Sharpness . For more information see , "Defining New Profiles” on page 2- 18 . Additional Intermedia te Vide ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 131

    Chapter 3-Vide o Protocols and Resolution Configuration for CP Conferencing Polycom, Inc. 3-25 • HD720p30 resolu tion is supported at bit rates greater than 600 kbps. The foll owing table summarizes the resolutions supported at the various bit rates. * Dependant on the PC’s capability • System Resource usage is the same as for the H.264 proto ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 132

    Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide 3-26 Polycom, Inc. Particip ant Settings When defining a new participant or modi fying an existing partici pant, select SIP as the participant’s networking environment Type in the New Participant or Participant Properti es - General tab . The participants Vide ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 133

    Chapter 3-Vide o Protocols and Resolution Configuration for CP Conferencing Polycom, Inc. 3-27 Monitoring RTV RTV information appears in all three panes of the Participant Properties - SDP tab. Controlling Resource A llocations for L ync Cl ient s Using RTV Video Protocol The number of resources used by the system to connect a Lync client with RTV ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 134

    Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide 3-28 Polycom, Inc. To change the default flag setting, add the MAX_R TV_RESOLUTION flag to the System Configuration flags and set it s value. For information, see . The following table summarizes the RMX resource s allocated to a Lync Clie nt based on the MAX_RT ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 135

    Chapter 3-Vide o Protocols and Resolution Configuration for CP Conferencing Polycom, Inc. 3-29 The following table describes the number of allocated video resources for each video resolution when using the RTV protocol. Threshold HD Flag Settings us ing the RTV Video Protocol The system flag MAX_ALLOWED_RTV_HD _FRAME_RATE defines the threshold Fram ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 136

    Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide 3-30 Polycom, Inc. ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 137

    Polycom, Inc. 4-1 4 Additional Conferencing Information Various conferencing modes and video features require additional settings, such as system flag settings, conference parameters and othe r settings. In depth explanations of these additional settings are describe d in the following sections: •" H. 239 / People+Content” on page 4-2 •& ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 138

    Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide 4-2 Polycom, Inc. H.239 / People+Content H.239 The H.239 protocol allows compliant endpoints to transmit and receive two simultaneous video streams: • People v ideo stream – video is displayed in Continu ous Presence or Video Sw itching conferencing mode or ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 139

    Chapter 4-Additio nal Conferencing Infor mation Polycom, Inc. 4-3 • Video endpoints that do not support SIP C ontent (such as PVX), can receive Content on the People channel if the conference is set to Send Content t o Legacy Endpoints . For more details see, " Sending Content to Legacy Endpoints (AVC Only)” on page 4-1 7 . SIP BFCP Conten ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 140

    Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide 4-4 Polycom, Inc. The RMX’ s Content sharing determined by the System Flag’s set tings and SIP Client capabilities are summa rized in T able 4-1. For more information see " Manually Adding and Dele ting System Flags” on page 22-18 . Dial-in Connection ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 141

    Chapter 4-Additio nal Conferencing Infor mation Polycom, Inc. 4-5 Defining Content Sharing Pa rameters for a Conference Content parameters are defined in the Conference Profiles - Video Quality dialog box. The parameters change according to the Conferencing Mode . AV C Conferencing Mode SVC Conferencing Mode ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 142

    Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide 4-6 Polycom, Inc. 1 In the Content Video Definition section, select the Content Settings and Protocol as follows: 2 Click OK. T able 4-2 H.239 Content Options Field Description Content Settings Select the transmission mode for the Content cha nnel: • Graphics ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 143

    Chapter 4-Additio nal Conferencing Infor mation Polycom, Inc. 4-7 Content Settings The Content channel can transmit one of the following modes: • Graphics – for standard graphics. This is the default mode in AVC conferences and the only supported mode for SVC conferences. • Hi-res Graphics (AVC only conferences) – requiring a hig her bit ra ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 144

    Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide 4-8 Polycom, Inc. Table 4-4 summarizes the Maximum Resolution of Content and Frames per Second (fps) for Bit Rate Allocations to the Content Channel as set out in Table 4-3 . SVC Only Content Setting The Content channel is transmitt ed in Graphics mode only. Con ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 145

    Chapter 4-Additio nal Conferencing Infor mation Polycom, Inc. 4-9 • Endpoints that do not have at least H.263 capability can connect to the conference but cannot share Content . • This option is not available in SVC Conferencing Mode . H.263 (A VC Only Conferences) Select this option when most o f the endpoints support H.263 and some endpoints ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 146

    Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide 4-10 Polycom, Inc. A System Flag determines the minimum line rate for each Content Setting : • Graphics • Hi Resolution Graphics • Live Video In order to change the System Flag values, the flags must be manually added to the System Configuration . For m or ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 147

    Chapter 4-Additio nal Conferencing Infor mation Polycom, Inc. 4-11 H.264 Cascade and SVC Optimized The H.264 Cascade and SVC Optimized option maintains content quality and minimizes the amount of content refreshes that occur in large cascading con ferences when participants connect or disconnect from the confere nce. This option is the only availab ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 148

    Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide 4-12 Polycom, Inc. The Cascade Resolution is a fixed resolution and frame rate for Con tent sharing in a Cascaded Conference. The Cascade Resolutions that are available for selection are dependent on the Line Rate and Content Set tings that have been sele cted f ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 149

    Chapter 4-Additio nal Conferencing Infor mation Polycom, Inc. 4-13 The selection of the appropriate Content Resolution option, when several options are available, should be based on the line rate and capabilities that can be used by most or all endpoints connecting to the conference. Examples: • If the conference Line Rate is 1024 kbps. and •I ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 150

    Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide 4-14 Polycom, Inc. •I f t h e Content Se ttings selection is Hi Resolution Graphics . — Only HD720/5 can be selected as the Cascade Resolution with 384 kbps alloc ated as the conference Content Rate . Only endpoints that connect at a Line Rate of 1024 kbps t ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 151

    Chapter 4-Additio nal Conferencing Infor mation Polycom, Inc. 4-15 To Select the Customized Content Rat e: Custom ized Co ntent Rate is enabled in the Profile - Video Quality dialog box. 1 In the Content Settings list, select Customized Content Rate . When selected, a drop-down menu of the available Conference Content Rates is displayed. These Cont ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 152

    Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide 4-16 Polycom, Inc. 3 If H.264 Cascade and SVC O ptimized is the selected Content Protocol , a Cascade Resolution must be selected. Table 4-8 lists the Cascade Resolutions available for the various Conference Content Rates . * The default resolution for all Conte ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 153

    Chapter 4-Additio nal Conferencing Infor mation Polycom, Inc. 4-17 2 In the MCMS_PARAMETERS tab, double-click the MIN_H239_HD1080_RATE entry. The Update Flag dialog box is display ed. 3 In the Value field, enter the minimum line rate at which HD1080 Resolution Conten t will be enabled. — Enter 0 to disable this flag and preve nt HD Content from b ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 154

    Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide 4-18 Polycom, Inc. As the resource required for sending Content to legacy endpoints is allocated on the fly, when scheduling a reservation, in rare occasions when the MCU is fully loaded, “Resource deficiency” may be encountered. This may prevent participant ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 155

    Chapter 4-Additio nal Conferencing Infor mation Polycom, Inc. 4-19 The RMX user can also change the layout for th e participants the legacy endpoints (selecting personal layout). When forcing a video participant to the Conten t window (instead of Content), the Content display can be restored only by selecting any other video layout. Interoperabilit ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 156

    Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide 4-20 Polycom, Inc. Note: Select this option when Avaya IP Softphone will be connecting to the conference. Changing the Default Lay out for Disp laying Conten t on Legacy End points The default layout that will be used to displa y Content on the screens of legacy ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 157

    Chapter 4-Additio nal Conferencing Infor mation Polycom, Inc. 4-21 4 Click OK . The flag is updated in the MCMS_P ARAMETERS list. 5 Click OK . Exclusive Content Mode Exclusive Content Mode allows you to limi t Content broadcasting to one participant , preventing other participants from interrup ting the Content broadcasting while it is active. Guid ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 158

    Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide 4-22 Polycom, Inc. •T h e Exclusive Content Mode is enabled or disabled by a check box in the in the Advanced tabs of the Conference Profile . The check box is cleared (feature is disabled) by default. • Exclusive Content Mode can be enabled or disabled duri ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 159

    Chapter 4-Additio nal Conferencing Infor mation Polycom, Inc. 4-23 — YES - only the designated Lecturer can be the Content Token holder. •T h e Exclusive Content Mode check box replaces the EXCLUSIVE_CONTENT_ MODE System Flag which was used to control Exclusive Content Mode for the system in previous versions. •I n Exclusive Content Mode , if ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 160

    Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide 4-24 Polycom, Inc. • In cascaded conferences, a participant func tioning as the cascade link cannot be given token ownership. Giving and Cancelli ng T oken Ownership To give token ownership: 1 In the Participants list , right click the en dpoint that is to rec ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 161

    Chapter 4-Additio nal Conferencing Infor mation Polycom, Inc. 4-25 To cancel toke n ownership: 1 In the Participants list, right click the endp oint that currently has Content Token ownership. 2 Select Cancel Content Token Owner in the drop-down menu . Content Token ownership is cancelled for the endpoint. Managing Noisy Content Connections The sys ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 162

    Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide 4-26 Polycom, Inc. Enter the interval in seconds between the Intra requests sent from the RMX to the endpoint sending the Content to refresh the C ontent display. Refresh requests that will be received from endpoints with in the define d interval will be postpon ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 163

    Chapter 4-Additio nal Conferencing Infor mation Polycom, Inc. 4-27 • Only one preview window can be displayed for a single conference and up to four preview windows can be displayed for each me dia card on differen t workstations (on e per workstation and one per conference). Fo r example, if the RMX contains two media cards, and there are 5 conf ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 164

    Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide 4-28 Polycom, Inc. 3 Click Yes to run the diagnostics. The DirectX Diagnostic Tool dialog box opens. 4 Click the Display tab. To be able to display t he video preview window, the DirectDraw Acceleration and Direct3D Accelera tion options must be Enabled . If the ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 165

    Chapter 4-Additio nal Conferencing Infor mation Polycom, Inc. 4-29 Previewing the Particip ant V ideo To preview the parti cipant video: 1 List the conference participants in the Particip ants pane . 2 Right-click the participant whose video you wa nt to pr eview and then click one of the following options: — View Particip ant Sent Video - to dis ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 166

    Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide 4-30 Polycom, Inc. Gathering Phase The Gathering Phase of an AVC (CP only) confere nce is the time period during which participants are connecting to a conference. During the Gathering Phase , a mix of live video from connected endpoints is combined with bo th s ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 167

    Chapter 4-Additio nal Conferencing Infor mation Polycom, Inc. 4-31 Gathering Phase Guidelines • Gathering Phase is only available in AVC only (CP only) conferences. It is not supported in Video Switching conferences and SVC Only conferences. •T h e Gathering Phase slide can be displayed at any time during the conference by entering the Show Par ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 168

    Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide 4-32 Polycom, Inc. Gathering Phase Duration The duration of the Gathering Phase can be customized by the admi nistrator so that it is long enough to be viewed by most connected partic ipants yet short enough so as not to over extend into the scheduled conferenci ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 169

    Chapter 4-Additio nal Conferencing Infor mation Polycom, Inc. 4-33 Auto Scan and Customized Polling in V ideo Layout Auto Scan e n a b l e s a u s er t o de f i n e a s i n gl e c el l i n the confer ence layout to cycle the display of participants that are not in the conference layout. Customi zed Poll ing allows the cyclic displa y to be set to a ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 170

    Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide 4-34 Polycom, Inc. 3 In the video layout cell to be designated for Auto Scan , click the drop-down menu button and select Auto Scan . 4 Select from the Auto Scan In terval(s) drop-down list the scanning interval in seconds. 5 Click the Apply button to confirm an ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 171

    Chapter 4-Additio nal Conferencing Infor mation Polycom, Inc. 4-35 The dialog box buttons are summarized in Table 4-10. 2 Optional. Add a participant to the list of participants to be Auto Scanned : — Click on the participant’s name in the All Participants list and then click the Add button to move the participant to the Scanning Order pane. 3 ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 172

    Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide 4-36 Polycom, Inc. The SirenLPR audio algorithm provides CD-quali ty audio for better clarity and less listener fatigue with audio and visual communication app lications. In SVC conferences , the system supports SAC (Scalabl e Audio Coding) audi o algorithm. Gui ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 173

    Chapter 4-Additio nal Conferencing Infor mation Polycom, Inc. 4-37 Stereo The Siren 22Stereo, G.719Stereo and Sire nLPR audio algorithms ar e supported at the following bit rates. Siren22_48K 256 Siren22_32k G .719_48k G .719_32k G .728 16 Siren22_32k 128 G .719_32k G .728 16K SirenLPR 64 SirenLPR 48 SirenLPR 32 T able 4-12 Siren22Stereo, G .719Ste ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 174

    Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide 4-38 Polycom, Inc. Audio algorithms supported for ISDN T able 4 -13 Supported Audio Algorithm vs Bitrate Audio Algorithm Minimum Bitrate (kbp s) G .722.1C 48K 256 G .722.1C 32K G .722.1C 24K Siren14 48K Siren14 32K Siren14 24K G .722.1 32K G .722.1 24K G .722.1 ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 175

    Chapter 4-Additio nal Conferencing Infor mation Polycom, Inc. 4-39 Monitoring Particip ant Audio Properties The audio algorithm used by the participant’s endpoint can be verifi ed in the Participant Properties - Channel Status dialog box. To view the participant ’s prop erties during a conference: 1 In the Participants list, right click t he de ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 176

    Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide 4-40 Polycom, Inc. 3 In the Channel Info field, select Audio In or Audio Out to display the audio parameters . 4 Click the OK button. Media Encryption (A VC Only) Encryption is available at the conference and participa nt levels, based on AES 128 (Advanced Encry ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 177

    Chapter 4-Additio nal Conferencing Infor mation Polycom, Inc. 4-41 • Media Encryption for ISDN/PSTN participants is implemented in RMX sy stems with MPM+ and MPMx cards. • Conference level encryption must be set in the Profile, and cannot be changed on ce the conference is running. • If an endpoint connected to an encrypted c onference stops ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 178

    Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide 4-42 Polycom, Inc. The option “Encrypt When Possible” enables the negotiation between the MCU an d the endpoints and let the MCU connect the particip ants according to their capabilities, where encryption is the preferred setting. Define d pa rticipants that ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 179

    Chapter 4-Additio nal Conferencing Infor mation Polycom, Inc. 4-43 * System Flag = FORCE_ENCRYPTION_FOR_UND EFINE D_PARTICIPANT_IN_WHEN_ AVAILABLE_MODE Connection to the Entry Queue An undefined participant connecting to an Entry Queue inherits the encryption characteristics of the Entry Queue as defined in the Entry Queue’s profile. Table 4-15 s ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 180

    Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide 4-44 Polycom, Inc. * System Flag = FORCE_ENCRYPTIO N_FOR_UND EFI NED_PARTICIPANT_ IN_WHEN_AVAILABLE _MODE Moving from the Entry Queue to C onferences or Between Conferences When moving from the Entry Queue to the destination conference, or when the RMX user move ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 181

    Chapter 4-Additio nal Conferencing Infor mation Polycom, Inc. 4-45 Recording Link Encryption Recording Links are treated as regular participants, however the ALLOW_NON_ENCRYPT_RECORDIN G_LINK_IN_ENCRYPT_CONF System Flag must be set to YES if a non-encrypted Recording Link is to be allowed to connect to an enc rypted conference. Table 4-17 summarize ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 182

    Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide 4-46 Polycom, Inc. Encryption Flag Settings To modify the Encryption flags: 1 Click Setup>System Configuration . The System Flags dialog box opens. 2 In Version 7. 6.1 and later: Set the FORCE_ENCRYPTION_FOR_UNDEFIN E D_PARTICIPANT_IN_WHEN_AVAILA BLE_MODE fla ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 183

    Chapter 4-Additio nal Conferencing Infor mation Polycom, Inc. 4-47 Enabling Encryption in the Profile Encryption for the conference is in the Profile and cannot be changed once the co nference is running. To enable encryption at the conference level: >> In the Conference Profile Properties – Advanced dialog box, se lect one of the following ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 184

    Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide 4-48 Polycom, Inc. To enable encryption at the particip ant level: >> In the Participant Properties – Advanced dialog box, in the Encryption list, select one of the following options: Auto , On , or Off . — Auto - The participant inherits the conferen ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 185

    Chapter 4-Additio nal Conferencing Infor mation Polycom, Inc. 4-49 Monitoring the Encryption St atus The conference encryption status is indicated in the Conference Properties - General di alog box. The participant encryption status is indicated by a check mark in the Encryption column in the Participants list pane. The participant encryption statu ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 186

    Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide 4-50 Polycom, Inc. For more information about monitoring, see " Conference and Participant Monitoring” on page 13-1 . Packet Loss Compensation (LPR and DBA) Lost Packet Recovery ( LPR ) and Dynamic Bandwidth Allocation ( DBA ) help minimize media quality ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 187

    Chapter 4-Additio nal Conferencing Infor mation Polycom, Inc. 4-51 •I n LPR -enabled Video Switched conferences: — H.323 and SIP endpoints are supported. — When cascading between conferences running on RMX and MGC ( Polyc om legacy MCU ), LPR is not supported over the link between the two conferences. — Non-H.323 participants cannot be crea ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 188

    Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide 4-52 Polycom, Inc. In the Participant Properti es – Channel Status tab, check box indicators show LPR activation in the local and remote (transmit and receive) channels. Network Quality Indication (A VC Only) If network quality issues occur, Network Quality In ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 189

    Chapter 4-Additio nal Conferencing Infor mation Polycom, Inc. 4-53 Guidelines Network Quality Indicators are displayed for: • T he Video Channel only in AVC Conferencing Mode . Conte nt , Audio and FECC Channel quality issues are not indicat ed. • The participant’s own endpoint: — Network Quality Indicators are displayed by d efault and can ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 190

    Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide 4-54 Polycom, Inc. For more information see " Manually Adding and Deleting System Flags ” on page 22-18 . Customizing Network Qual ity Indicator Display Display of the Network Quality Indicators can be customized for the following: • The participant’s ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 191

    Chapter 4-Additio nal Conferencing Infor mation Polycom, Inc. 4-55 For more information see " Manually Adding and Deleting System Flags ” on page 22-18 . T elepresence Mode (A VC Only) RMX supports the Telepresence Mode in AVC Only conferences allowing multiple participants to join a telepresence conferen ce from RPX and TPX high definition ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 192

    Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide 4-56 Polycom, Inc. RMX T elepresence Mode Guidelines System Level • The RMX system must be licensed for Telepresence Mode. • The system must be activated with a Telepresence enabled license key. Conference Level •T h e Telepresence Mode and Telepresenc e L ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 193

    Chapter 4-Additio nal Conferencing Infor mation Polycom, Inc. 4-57 If an ITP endpoint is detected in such conference, ITP features are applied to all endpoints and the RMX sends conference video wi th the following options disabled: •B o r d e r s •S i t e n a m e s • Speaker indication •S k i n s •S a m e L a y o u t • Presentation Mod ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 194

    Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide 4-58 Polycom, Inc. Gathering Phase with ITP Room Systems When a conference is configured to includ e a Gathering Phase , only one endpoint name is displayed fo r the ITP room in the connected participant list of the Gathering slide. The ITP room endpoint with th ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 195

    Chapter 4-Additio nal Conferencing Infor mation Polycom, Inc. 4-59 4 5 9 10+ T able 4-20 TPX / RPX – Additional Video Layout s (Continued) Number of End point s Layouts 4:3 4:3 4:3 4:3 4:3 4:3 4:3 4:3 4:3 4:3 4:3 4:3 4:3 4:3 4:3 4:3 ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 196

    Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide 4-60 Polycom, Inc. The following example illustrates the use of standard and additional RMX Telepresence layouts when connecting four Room Systems as follows: • Two TPX Room Systems — 2 active cameras — 6 screens • Two RPX Room Systems — 8 cameras — ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 197

    Chapter 4-Additio nal Conferencing Infor mation Polycom, Inc. 4-61 3 Define the various profile General , Advanced , Gathering Settings and Video Quality parameters. For more information on defining Profiles, see " Defining New Profiles” on page 2-18 . 4 Click th e Video Se ttings tab. 5 In the Telepresence Mode field, select one of the foll ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 198

    Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide 4-62 Polycom, Inc. The following modes can be selected (as required by the VNOC and Pol ycom Multi Layout Applications): — Manual — Continuous presence - Ro om Continuous Presence (Default) — Room Switch - Voice Activated Roo m Switching 7 Select the requi ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 199

    Chapter 4-Additio nal Conferencing Infor mation Polycom, Inc. 4-63 — If the main link is disconnected all sub-links are disconnected and deleted. Reconnecting the main link reconnects all sub-links. — If a sub-link is disconnected it remains disconne cted until it is manually reconnected. — The number of Multiple Cascade Links cannot be modif ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 200

    Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide 4-64 Polycom, Inc. • Directional media flows, A  B, are shown separately for readability purposes. Figure 4-3 RMX Telepresence Layout Mode - Room Switch In Figure 4-4: • An HDX endpoint and an OTX Room System connects to RMX A. • An HDX endpoint and an ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 201

    Chapter 4-Additio nal Conferencing Infor mation Polycom, Inc. 4-65 • The current speaker is the HDX endpoint connected to RMX A. Figure 4-4 RMX Telepresence Layout Mode - Continuous Presence For more information see: •" Telepresence Layout Mode” on page 2-33 . • Polycom® Multipoint Layout Application (MLA) User’s Guide for Use with ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 202

    Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide 4-66 Polycom, Inc. Creating a Link Particip ant Link Particip ant in the Dial Out RMX The Link Participant is defined in the New Participant dialog box. In the General tab: • Dialing Direction must be selected as Dial out. • Type must be selected as H.323 . ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 203

    Chapter 4-Additio nal Conferencing Infor mation Polycom, Inc. 4-67 In the Advanced tab: (This field is only enabled if th e RMX system is licensed for Tele presence Mode .) •I n t h e Cascade drop-down menu, select either Master or Slave . •I n t h e Number of cascaded links (for ITP) drop-down menu, select the maximum number of Multipl e Casca ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 204

    Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide 4-68 Polycom, Inc. Particip ant Link in the Dial In RMX The call from Participant Link de fined in the Dial-out RMX in identified by the Dial-i n RMX as having been initiated by a Participant Link . Suffixes are appended the Multiple Cascade Links according to t ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 205

    Chapter 4-Additio nal Conferencing Infor mation Polycom, Inc. 4-69 — The first link is listed as Disconnected in the Participants li st of th e RMX Web Client / RMX Manager main screen. — Resource deficiency is listed as the Call Disconne ction Cause in the Participant Properties - Connection Status dialog box. • If a calling Link Participant ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 206

    Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide 4-70 Polycom, Inc. Monitoring T elepresence Mode Monitoring Ongoing Conferences An additional status indicator, Telepresence Mode Enable d , is displayed in the Conference Properties - Video Settings tab when monitoring ongoing conferences. If Telepresence Mode ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 207

    Chapter 4-Additio nal Conferencing Infor mation Polycom, Inc. 4-71 Monitoring Particip ant Properties An additional status indicator, Telepresence , is displayed in the Participant Properties - Advanced tab when monitoring conference participants. The Telepresence mode of the participant is indicated: • RPX - the participant’s endpoint is trans ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 208

    Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide 4-72 Polycom, Inc. — The first link is listed as Disconnected in the Participants li st of th e RMX Web Client / RMX Manager main screen. — Resource deficiency is listed as the Call Disconne ction Cause in the Participant Properties - Connection Status dialo ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 209

    Chapter 4-Additio nal Conferencing Infor mation Polycom, Inc. 4-73 Lecture Mode (A VC Only) Lecture Mode enables all particip ants to view th e lecturer in full screen while the conference lecturer sees all the other conference particip ants in the selected layout while he/she is speaking. When the number of site s/endpoint s exceeds the number of ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 210

    Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide 4-74 Polycom, Inc. Selecting a defined parti cipant: a Add participants to the conference either from the Address book or by defining new participants. b In the Lecturer field, select the lecturer from the list of the defined participants. Automatic selection of ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 211

    Chapter 4-Additio nal Conferencing Infor mation Polycom, Inc. 4-75 Enabling the Automatic Switching Automatic switching between participants viewed on the lecturer’s screen is enabled in the conference Profile, or during the ongoing conference, in the Conference Properties. >> In the Profile Properties - Video Settings dialog box, select th ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 212

    Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide 4-76 Polycom, Inc. If the lecturer is disconnected during an Ongoing Confer ence, the conference resumes standard conferencing. Forcing is enabled at the Conference leve l only. It applies only to the video layout viewed by the lecturer as all the other conferen ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 213

    Chapter 4-Additio nal Conferencing Infor mation Polycom, Inc. 4-77 • Enable or disable the Lecturer View Switching between participants displayed on the lecturer monitor by selecting or clearing the Lecturer View Switching check box. • Change the video layout for the lectur er by selecting another video layout. Restricting Content Br oadcast to ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 214

    Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide 4-78 Polycom, Inc. Muting Particip ant s Except the Lecturer When the Mute Participants Except Lecturer option in the Conference Profile is enable d , the audio of all participants in the conference exce pt for the lecturer can be automatically muted upon connec ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 215

    Chapter 4-Additio nal Conferencing Infor mation Polycom, Inc. 4-79 Enabling the Mute Participant s Except Lecturer Option The Mute Participants Except Lecturer option is enabled or di sabled (default) in the Conference Profile or in an ongoing conference in the Profile Properties - Audio Settings tab. When the Mute Partic ipants Except Lecturer opt ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 216

    Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide 4-80 Polycom, Inc. Permanent Conference A Permanent Conference is an ongoing AVC or SVC conf erence w ith no pre-det ermined End Time continuing until it is terminated by an administrator, operator or chairperson. Guidelines • Resources are reserved for a Perm ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 217

    Chapter 4-Additio nal Conferencing Infor mation Polycom, Inc. 4-81 Closed Captions (A VC Only) Endpoints can provide real-time text transcriptions or langua ge translations of the video conference by displaying capt ions. The captions for a confer ence may be provided by the captioner who is present in the conference, or the captioner may use a tel ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 218

    Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide 4-82 Polycom, Inc. 3 In the New Flag field enter ENABLE_CLOSED_CAPTION . 4 In the Value field enter YES to ena ble Closed Captions or NO to disable their display. 5 Click OK to close the New Flag dialog box. The new flag is added to the flags list. 6 Click OK to ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 219

    Polycom, Inc. 5-1 5 Cascading Conferences Cascading enables ad ministrators to connect one confer ence directly to one or several conferences, depending on the topology, creating one large confer ence. The conferences can run on the same MCU or different MCUs. There are many reasons for cascading conferences, the most common are: • Connecting two ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 220

    Polycom RealPresence Coll aboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 5-2 Polycom, Inc. In order to avoid cluttering in the casca ded wi ndow, it is advised to select appropriate video layouts in each conference before cascading them. Figure 5-1 Video Layouts in Cascaded Conferences Guidelines To ensure that conferences can be cascaded and video can be ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 221

    Chapter 5-Cascading Conferences Polycom, Inc. 5-3 Full Screen (1x1) in CP conferences, hence di splaying the speaker of one conference to a full window in the video layo ut of the other confe rence. Set this flag to NO when cascading between an RMX and an MGC that is functioning as a Gateway, if the participant layouts on the MGC are not to be forc ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 222

    Polycom RealPresence Coll aboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 5-4 Polycom, Inc. Basic Cascading In this topology, a link is crea ted between tw o conferences, usually running on two different MCUs. The MCUs are u sually installed at differen t locations ( states/countries) to save long distance charges by connecting each participant to their loc ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 223

    Chapter 5-Cascading Conferences Polycom, Inc. 5-5 The connection between the two conferences is created when a dial ou t IP participant is defined (added) to conference A whose dial out number is the dial-in number of the conference or Entry Queue running on MCU B. Dialing Directly to a Conference Dial out IP participant in conference A di als out ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 224

    Polycom RealPresence Coll aboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 5-6 Polycom, Inc. Figure 5-3 Gateway to Gateway T opol ogy In this topology, an IP participant calls anot her IP participant over an ISDN link between two gateways. • Gateway to MCU Figure 5-4 Gateway to MCU/ MCU to Gateway T opology In this topology, an IP participant ca lls a conf ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 225

    Chapter 5-Cascading Conferences Polycom, Inc. 5-7 • When a participant joins a conference with ac tive Content, content cannot be viewe d by the new participant. Restart the Content. • Cascaded MCUs /Gateways must be regist ered with the same Gatekeeper or neighboring Gatekeepers. MCUs and endp oints must also be registered with Gatekeepers. ? ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 226

    Polycom RealPresence Coll aboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 5-8 Polycom, Inc. For example: If Central Signaling IP address of Gateway A is 172.22.177.89, SIP participant dials: 9999@ 172.22.177.89* 44441 03 and when prompted fo r the Destination number enters 3456 followed by the pound key (#) using DTMF codes. Gateway to MCU Calls via ISDN Ca ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 227

    Chapter 5-Cascading Conferences Polycom, Inc. 5-9 At this point the Conference A organizer or any other participant in the conference can enter the required information for th e IVR session using DTMF code s. For example, the meeting organizer enters the destinat ion conference ID - 12345. Any DTMF input from conference A is forwarded to the Entry ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 228

    Polycom RealPresence Coll aboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 5-10 Polycom, Inc. A dial out ISDN participant is defined (added) to confer ence A. The participant’s dial out number is the dial-in number of the Entry Queue or conference running on MCU B (for example 54145106). MCU A dials out to an Entry Queue or conference B running on MCU B us ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 229

    Chapter 5-Cascading Conferences Polycom, Inc. 5-11 MCU Interoperability Table The following table lists the different MCU an d Gate way configurations that are supported or implemented when routing Cascaded ISDN calls. 384   512  512  512  512   768  768  768  768   T able 5-1 Recommended Conferenc ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 230

    Polycom RealPresence Coll aboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 5-12 Polycom, Inc. Codian Gateway RMX Gateway User calls via a Codian Gateway to a Remote User behind RMX Gateway (user to user) RMX v . 7.1 Latest Codian version RMX MCU Radvision Gateway User calls via a Radvision Gateway to a Remote User behind RMX Gateway (user to user) RMX v . 7. ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 231

    Chapter 5-Cascading Conferences Polycom, Inc. 5-13 Suppression of DTMF Forwarding Forwarding of the DTMF codes from one confer ence to another over an ISDN cascading link is not automatically suppres sed as with IP cascading link and it can be limited to bas ic operations while suppressing all ot her operations by a system flag: DTMF_FORWARD_ANY_DI ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 232

    Polycom RealPresence Coll aboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 5-14 Polycom, Inc. S t ar Cascading T opology In the Star topology (as well as in the Basic topology) , the MCUs are usually installed at different locations (states/countries) and particip ants conne ct to their local MCU to facilitate the connection and save long distance call cost ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 233

    Chapter 5-Cascading Conferences Polycom, Inc. 5-15 • When creating a cascading link between two RMXs: — The RMXs operate in CP (Continuous Presence) mode. • When creating a cascading li nk be tween MGCs a nd RMXs: — The MGCs can only operate in VSW mode. The following table su mmarizes Video Session Modes line rate options that need to be s ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 234

    Polycom RealPresence Coll aboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 5-16 Polycom, Inc. The New Participant - General di alog box is displ ayed. 3 Define the following par ameters: T able 7 New Participant – Dial-out Cascade Link Field Description Display Name Enter the particip ant name Dialing Direction Select Dial-out . Ty p e Select H.323 . IP Ad ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 235

    Chapter 5-Cascading Conferences Polycom, Inc. 5-17 Alias Name If you are using the target MCU IP address, enter the Conference ID of the target conference. For example: 24006 If a gatekeeper is used, instead of the IP ad dress, you can enter the prefix of the target MCU as register ed with the ga tekeeper , as part of the dialing string and the c o ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 236

    Polycom RealPresence Coll aboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 5-18 Polycom, Inc. 4 Click the Advanced tab. 5 In the Cascade field, select: — Slave , if the participant is defined in a conference running on a Slave MCU. — Master , if the participant is defined in a conference running on the Master MCU . 6 Click OK . ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 237

    Chapter 5-Cascading Conferences Polycom, Inc. 5-19 To define a Di al-in Participant as t he cascade link: This participant is added to the ongoing conference on the Slave MCU. 1 In the Participants list, click the New P articipant button( ). The New Particip ant - General dialog box opens. 2 Define the following parameter s: 3 Click th e Advanced t ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 238

    Polycom RealPresence Coll aboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 5-20 Polycom, Inc. The Advanced tab opens. 4 In the Cascaded Link fi eld, select: — Slave , if the participant is defined in a conference running on a Slave MCU. — Master , if the par ticipant is defined in a conference running on the Master MCU. 5 Click the OK button. Cascading v ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 239

    Chapter 5-Cascading Conferences Polycom, Inc. 5-21 Though the process of cascading conferences mentioned in this section refers to conferences running on two different RMX unit s, it is possible to cascade conferences running between RMX units and other MC Us. The following features are not supported by the cascaded link and therefore are not suppo ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 240

    Polycom RealPresence Coll aboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 5-22 Polycom, Inc. — Set this field to Slav e if the Entry Queue is defined on the MCU acting as a Slave, that is, to which the link from the Master MC U ( M C U a t t h e ce n t er o f th e t op o lo g y ) is dialin g. If you are defining an HD cascaded Entry Queue, it is recommend ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 241

    Chapter 5-Cascading Conferences Polycom, Inc. 5-23 The New Particip ant - General dialog box is displayed. 3 In the Name field, enter a participant name. 4 In the Dialing Direction field, select Dial -out . 5 In the Type list field, verify that H.323 is selected. 6 There are two methods to de fine the dial ing string : A Using the MCU’s IP Addres ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 242

    Polycom RealPresence Coll aboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 5-24 Polycom, Inc. 7 Click the Advanced tab. 8 In the Cascade field, select: — Slave , if the participant is defined in a conference running on a Slave MCU and will connect to the Master MCU (in the center of the topology). — Master , if the participant is defined in a conference ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 243

    Chapter 5-Cascading Conferences Polycom, Inc. 5-25 2 Set the ENABLE_CASCADED_LINK_TO_ JOIN_WITHOUT_PASSWORD flag to YES . 3 Click OK . For more information, see " Modifying System Flags” on page 22-1 . >> Reset the MCU for flag changes to take effect. Monitoring S t ar Cascaded Conferences To monitor both conferences at the same time , ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 244

    Polycom RealPresence Coll aboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 5-26 Polycom, Inc. 1 In the Participant Properties dialog box, enter a Participant Name , select Dial-out and H.323 . 2 Define the dialing strin g as described in step 6 on page 5- 23 (both methods are applicable). 3 In the Advanced tab’s Node Type field, select MCU . 4 Click OK . C ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 245

    Chapter 5-Cascading Conferences Polycom, Inc. 5-27 • Significant call cost savings to be real ized by having partic ipants call local MCUs which in turn call remote MCUs, long distance. MIH Cascading Levels The cascading hierarchy topology can extend to up to four levels (Fig ure 5-9), where t he most common configuration incl udes up to three le ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 246

    Polycom RealPresence Coll aboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 5-28 Polycom, Inc. • DST MCS 4000 MCU s connect as endpoints to the RMX s or MGC s on higher levels. Figure 5-9 MIH Casca de Levels MIH Cascading Guidelines in CP L icensing Master - Slave Confe rences • It is recommended to have RMX systems at all levels t o leverage the high qua ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 247

    Chapter 5-Cascading Conferences Polycom, Inc. 5-29 Figure 5-10 MIH Ca scading – Master-Slave Relationshi p Video Session Mode, Line Rate and V ideo Settings The types of MCUs, their position in the casc ade topology and the endpoint capabilities (HD/CIF and H.263/H.264) determine the Video Session Type of the MIH Casc ading conference. • When c ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 248

    Polycom RealPresence Coll aboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 5-30 Polycom, Inc. • To enable the connection of the links be twee n cascaded conferences, they must run at the same line rate. • To enable Content sharing between the RMX and the MGC, the rate allocated to the content must be identical in both confe rences. Make sure that the lin ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 249

    Chapter 5-Cascading Conferences Polycom, Inc. 5-31 When cascading two conferences, the video layo ut displayed in the cascaded conference is determined by the selected layout in each of the two conferences. Each of the two conferences will inherit the video layout of the other conference in one of their windows. In order to avoid cluttering in the ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 250

    Polycom RealPresence Coll aboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 5-32 Polycom, Inc. Set this flag to NO when cascading between an RMX and an MGC that is functioning as a Gateway, if the participant layouts on the MGC are not to be forced to 1X1. • Setting the AVOID_VIDEO_LOOP_BACK_IN_CASCADE Syste m Flag to YES (default) prev ents the speak er’ ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 251

    Chapter 5-Cascading Conferences Polycom, Inc. 5-33 Method I Depending on the dialing direction, the fo llowing procedures must be performed: For details on the participant definition on the RMX, see " Creating a Cascade Enabled Dial-out/ Dial-in Participant Link” on page 5-15 . For a detailed description of the part icipant definition in the ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 252

    Polycom RealPresence Coll aboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 5-34 Polycom, Inc. Method II Depending on the dialing direction, the fo llowing procedures must be per formed: Setting Flags on the RMX When running conferences in mixed envir onment (RMX and MGC) there may be small differences between the line rates each MCU is sending. In the RMX, s ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 253

    Chapter 5-Cascading Conferences Polycom, Inc. 5-35 rate of the IP Only HD Video Switching conference running on the MGC. In such case, the conference can include IP Only participants. — H263_ANNEX_T=YES (default) This flag enables/disables the us e of Annex T with H263. Set it to NO if the endpoints connecting to the conference do not support thi ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 254

    Polycom RealPresence Coll aboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 5-36 Polycom, Inc. Method II - Defining the Cas cading Entry Queue in the MGC The Entry Queue definition on the MGC is required if the dialing is done from the RMX to the MGC. 1 In the MGC Manager, expand the MCU tree . 2 Right-click the Meeting Rooms, Entry Queues and SIP Factories i ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 255

    Chapter 5-Cascading Conferences Polycom, Inc. 5-37 In the IP Address field, enter the IP address of the Signaling Host of the RMX hosting the destination conference. In the Alias Name/Type field, enter the ID of the cascade-enabled Entry Queue (EQ), the Conference ID and Password of the destination conference as follows: EQ ID##Destination Conferen ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 256

    Polycom RealPresence Coll aboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 5-38 Polycom, Inc. Defining the Casca de Enabled Entry Queu e on the RMX If the dialing is done from the conference running on the MGC that is the Master MCU, a Cascade-enabled Entry Queue must be defined on the RMX setting it as Slav e . For more details, see RMX to RMX Cascading. De ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 257

    Chapter 5-Cascading Conferences Polycom, Inc. 5-39 The New Particip ant - General dialog box is displayed. 3 In the Name field, enter a participant name. 4 In the Dialing Direction field, select Dial -out . 5 In the Type list field, verify that H.323 is selected. 6 There are two methods to de fine the dial ing string : A Using the MCU’s IP Addres ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 258

    Polycom RealPresence Coll aboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 5-40 Polycom, Inc. Method B (Using a gatekeeper): In the Alias Name field, enter the MGC Prefix as registered in the gatekeeper, EQ ID, Destination Conference ID, and Password, as follows: MGC Prefix EQ ID##Conference ID##Password (Password is optional) 7 Click the Advanced tab and in ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 259

    Polycom, Inc. 6-1 6 Meeting Rooms A Meeting Room is a conference saved on the MCU in passive mode, without using any of the system resources. A Meeting Room is auto matica lly activated wh en the first participant dials into it. Meeting Rooms can be activated as many times as required. Once activated, a Meeting Room functions as any ongoing confere ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 260

    Polycom RealPresence Coll aboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 6-2 Polycom, Inc. Meeting Rooms List Meeting Rooms are listed in the Meeting Room list pane. To list Meeting Rooms: >> In the RMX Management pane, in the Frequently Used list, click the Meeting Rooms button . The Meeting Rooms List is displayed. An active Meeting Room beco mes a ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 261

    Chapter 6-Meeting Rooms Polycom, Inc. 6-3 Routing Name The ASCII name that registers c onferences, Meeting Rooms, Entry Queues and SIP Factories in the various gatekeepers and SIP Servers. In addition, the Routing Name is also: • The name that endpoints use to connect to conferences. • The name used by all conferencing devices to conne ct to co ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 262

    Polycom RealPresence Coll aboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 6-4 Polycom, Inc. Meeting Room T oolba r & Right-click Menu The Meeting Room toolbar and right-click menus provide the following functionality: Creating a New Meeting Room To create a new meeting room: >> In the Meeting Rooms pane, click the New Meet ing Room button or right ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 263

    Polycom, Inc. 7-1 7 Entry Queues, Ad Hoc Conferences and SIP Factories Entry Queues An Entry Queue (EQ) is a special routing lobby to access conferences. Participants connect to a single-dial lobby and are routed to their destina tion conference according to the Conference ID they enter . The Entry Queue remains in a passive state when there are no ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 264

    Polycom RealPresence Coll aboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 7-2 Polycom, Inc. To enable ISDN/PSTN participa nts to dial in to the Entry Queue, an ISDN/PSTN dial-in number must be assigned to the Entry Queue. Up to two dial-in numbers can be assigned to each Entry Queue. The dial-in numbers must be allocated from the dial-in number range define ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 265

    Chapter 7-Entry Queues, Ad Hoc Conf erences and SIP Factories Polycom, Inc. 7-3 Defining a New Entry Queue You can modify the properties of the defa ult Entry Queue and define additional Entry Queues to suit different conferencing requirements. To define a new Entry Queue: 1 In the RMX Management - Rarely Used pane, cl ick Entry Queues . . 2 In the ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 266

    Polycom RealPresence Coll aboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 7-4 Polycom, Inc. 3 Define the following par ameters: T able 7-2: Entry Queue Defi nitions Parameters Option De scription Display Name The Display Name is th e conferencing entity name in native language character sets to be displayed in the RMX Web Client. In conference s, Meeting Ro ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 267

    Chapter 7-Entry Queues, Ad Hoc Conf erences and SIP Factories Polycom, Inc. 7-5 4 Click OK . The new Entry Queue is added to the Ent ry Queues list. Ad Hoc Sel ect this check box to enable the Ad Hoc option for this Entry Queue. IVR Service Provider Only Select this check box to designate this Entry Queue as a special Entry Queue that provides IVR ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 268

    Polycom RealPresence Coll aboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 7-6 Polycom, Inc. Listing Entry Queues To view the list of Entry Queues: >> In the RMX Management - Rarely Used pane, cl ick Entry Queues . The Entry Queues are listed in th e Entry Queues pane. You can double-click an Entry Qu eue to view its properties. Modifying the EQ Proper ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 269

    Chapter 7-Entry Queues, Ad Hoc Conf erences and SIP Factories Polycom, Inc. 7-7 To designate an Entry Queue as Transit Entry Queue: 1 In the RMX Management - Rarely Used pane, cl ick Entry Queues . 2 In the Entry Queues list, right-cli ck the Entry Queue entry and then click Set Transit Entry Queue . The Entry Queue selected as Tr ansit Entry Queue ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 270

    Polycom RealPresence Coll aboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 7-8 Polycom, Inc. • Operator Assistance must be disabled in the IVR Service assigned to this E ntry Queue. • Only the conference ID prompts should be configured. Other prompts are not supported in IVR Service Provider Only configuration. • PSTN, ISDN, H.323 calls to th is Entry ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 271

    Chapter 7-Entry Queues, Ad Hoc Conf erences and SIP Factories Polycom, Inc. 7-9 SIP Factories A SIP Factory is a conferenci ng entity that ena bles SIP endpoints to crea te Ad Hoc conferences. The system is shipped with a default SIP Factory, named DefaultFactory. When a SIP endpoint calls the SIP Factory URI, a new conference is automatically crea ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 272

    Polycom RealPresence Coll aboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 7-10 Polycom, Inc. 3 Define the following par ameters: 4 Click OK . The new SIP Factory is added to the list. T able 7-3: New Facto ry Properties Option De scription Display Name Enter the SIP Factory name that will be displayed. The Display Name is the conferenci ng entity name in na ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 273

    Chapter 7-Entry Queues, Ad Hoc Conf erences and SIP Factories Polycom, Inc. 7-11 SIP Registration & Presence for Entry Queues and SIP Factories Entry Queues and SIP Factories can be registered with SIP servers. This enables Office Communication Server or LYNC server client user s to s ee the availability status ( Availabl e , Offline, or Busy ) ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 274

    Polycom RealPresence Coll aboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 7-12 Polycom, Inc. When SIP registration is not en abled in the conference profile, the RMX's registering to SIP Servers will each register with an URL derived from its own signaling address. This unique URL replaces the non-u nique URL, dummy_tester , used in previous versions. ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 275

    Polycom, Inc. 8-1 8 Address Book The Address Book stores information about the people and businesses you communicate with. The Address Book stores, among many other fields, IP addresses, phone numbers and network communication protocols used by the participant’s endpoint. By utilizing the Address Book you can quickl y and efficiently as sign or d ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 276

    Polycom RealPresence Coll aboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 8-2 Polycom, Inc. V iewing the Address Book You can view the participants currently defi ned in the Addres s Book. The first time the RMX Web Client is accessed, the Addr ess Book pane is displayed. The Address Book contains two panes: • Navigation pane - contains the hierarchical t ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 277

    Chapter 8-Address Book Polycom, Inc. 8-3 participant links are associated with the same definition of the participant in the All Participants list. If the participant prop erties are changed in one group, they will be changed in all the groups accordingly. Displaying and Hiding the Group Members in the Navigation Pane The currently selected group, ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 278

    Polycom RealPresence Coll aboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 8-4 Polycom, Inc. For information on adding and modifying pa rticipants in the Address Book, see " Managing the Address Book” on page 8-7 . Displaying and Hiding the Address Book The Address Book can be hidden it by clicking the anchor pin ( ) button in the pane header. The Add ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 279

    Chapter 8-Address Book Polycom, Inc. 8-5 Adding Particip ant s from the Address Book to Conferences You can add individual participants or a group of participants from the Address Book to a conference. Adding Individual Particip ants from the Address Book to Conferences You can add a pa rticipant or mult iple pa rticipants to a new conference, ongo ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 280

    Polycom RealPresence Coll aboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 8-6 Polycom, Inc. Particip ant Group s A group is a predefined collection of participan ts. A group provides an easy way to manage clusters of participants that are in the same organizational structure and to connect a combination of endpoints to a conference. For example, if you freq ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 281

    Chapter 8-Address Book Polycom, Inc. 8-7 Additionally, you can drag a group from one location in the Address Book to another location, moving the group and all its member s, including sub-g roups , to its new location using the drag-and-drop operation. Moving a group to a new location can be done in the navigation pane or the list pane. To drag a g ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 282

    Polycom RealPresence Coll aboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 8-8 Polycom, Inc. Adding a new p articip ant to the Address Book Directly You can add a new participant to the “Main” group or to a group in the Address Book . Additionally, you can add a participant from a new conference, ongoing conference, or Conference Template . To add a new ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 283

    Chapter 8-Address Book Polycom, Inc. 8-9 3 Define the following fiel ds: T able 8-3 New Participant – General Properties Field Description Name Enter the name of the participant or the endpoint as it will be displayed in the RMX Web Client. The Name field can b e modified using Unicode encoding. • English tex t uses ASCII encodi ng and can cont ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 284

    Polycom RealPresence Coll aboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 8-10 Polycom, Inc. IP Address (H.323 and SIP Only) Enter the IP address of the participant’ s endpoint. • For H.323 participant define eit her the endpoint IP address or alias. • For SIP participant define either the endpoint IP address or the SIP address. For RMXs registered to ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 285

    Chapter 8-Address Book Polycom, Inc. 8-11 4 Usually, additional definitio ns are not required and you can use the system defaults for the remaining parameters. In such a case, click OK . To modify t he default setti ngs for advanced param eters, click the Advanced tab. Endpoint Website IP Address (IP only) Enter the IP address of the endpoint’s i ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 286

    Polycom RealPresence Coll aboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 8-12 Polycom, Inc. 5 Define the fol lowing Advanced paramete rs: IP Participant ISDN/PSTN Participant T able 8-4 New Participant – Advanced Properti es Field Description Video B it Rate / Auto (IP Only) The Auto check box is automatically se lected to use the Lin e Rate defined for ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 287

    Chapter 8-Address Book Polycom, Inc. 8-13 6 To add general information about the participant, such as e-mail, company name, and so on, click the Information tab and type the necessary details in the Info 1-4 fields. Text in the info fields can be added in Unicode format (length: 31 ch aracters). 7 Click OK . The new participant is added to the sele ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 288

    Polycom RealPresence Coll aboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 8-14 Polycom, Inc. The Participant Properties window opens. b Click the Add to Address Book button. Modifying Particip ant s in the Address Book When required, you can modify the participant’s properties. To modify participant prop erties in the Address Book: 1 In the Address Book - ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 289

    Chapter 8-Address Book Polycom, Inc. 8-15 2 In the Address Book - List pane, double-click the participant’ s icon. The Participant’s Properties window is displayed. 3 Modify the necessary properties in the window, such as dialing direction, communication protocol type, and so on. Yo u can modify any property in any of the three tabs: Ge neral , ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 290

    Polycom RealPresence Coll aboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 8-16 Polycom, Inc. • Address Book to permanently delete the participant from the address book (all groups). Click OK to perform the delete operation or Cancel to exit the delete operation. Copying or Moving a Particip ant You can copy or move a participant from one group to another ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 291

    Chapter 8-Address Book Polycom, Inc. 8-17 5 Right-click the selected group and click one of the following Paste functions from the drop-down menu: To drag a participant from an address book group to another group: 1 Select the participant or participants you want to move. 2 Click and hold the left mouse button and drag the selection to the new grou ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 292

    Polycom RealPresence Coll aboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 8-18 Polycom, Inc. Filtering the Address Book The entries in an address book group can be fi ltered to display o nly the ent ries (partici pants or groups) that meet criteria that you spec ify and hides entries that you do not want displayed. It enables you to select and work with a s ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 293

    Chapter 8-Address Book Polycom, Inc. 8-19 Example: If the user selects 172.21.41.104 as the matching pattern, the filtered group in the Address Book is displayed as follows : Filtering Address Book Da t a Using a Custom Pattern To filter th e data in an address bo ok group: 1 In the Address Book - Naviga tion pane, select the group to filter. 2 In ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 294

    Polycom RealPresence Coll aboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 8-20 Polycom, Inc. 4 In the Condition - Column text matches field, enter the filtering pattern. For example, to list only endpoin ts that in clude the numerals 41 in their name, enter 41. 5 Optional. Click the Add Condition button to define additional filtering patterns to further fil ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 295

    Chapter 8-Address Book Polycom, Inc. 8-21 Obt aining the Display Name from the Address Book The MCU can be configured to replace the name of the dial-in particip ant as defined in the endpoint (site name) with the name define d in the Address Book. In this process, the system retr ieves the data (name, alias, number or IP address) of the dial- in p ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 296

    Polycom RealPresence Coll aboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 8-22 Polycom, Inc. Importing and Exporting Address Books Address Books are proprietary Polycom data fi les that can only be distributed among RMX units. The Address Books are exported in XML fo rmat, which are editable offline. If no name is assigned to the exported Add res s Book, th ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 297

    Chapter 8-Address Book Polycom, Inc. 8-23 3 In the Open dialog box navigate to the desired Addre ss Book file (i n XML format) to import. 4 Click Open . You will retu rn to the Import File dialog box. 5 Click OK . The Address Book is imported and a confirmation mess age is displayed at the end of the process. 6 Click Close . Upgrading and Downgradi ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 298

    Polycom RealPresence Coll aboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 8-24 Polycom, Inc. • The RMX uses the Polycom CMA address book in read-only mode. You can only add or modify CMA address book entries a from the CMA. Entries are also added when endpoints register with the CMA as gatekeeper . To Integrate the Polycom CM A™ Address Book with the RM ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 299

    Chapter 8-Address Book Polycom, Inc. 8-25 3 Click OK to complete the definitions. 4 When prompted, click Yes to reset the MCU and implement the changes to the system configuration. EXTERNAL_CONTE NT_IP V ers ion 4.x and earlier - enter the IP add ress of the CMA server . For example: 172.22.185.89. V ers ion 5.0.x an d version 6.0.x - enter the IP ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 300

    Polycom RealPresence Coll aboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 8-26 Polycom, Inc. ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 301

    Polycom, Inc. 9-1 9 Reservations The Reservations option enables users to schedule conferences. These conferences can be launched immediately or be come ongoing, at a specifie d time on a specified date. Scheduling a conference reserv ation require s definition of c onference parameters such as the date and time at which the conference is to start, ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 302

    Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide 9-2 Polycom, Inc. — RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 4000 MPMx-D Mode : 1440 (180 video). • System resourc es are calculated according t o the RMX’s license. For more information see " Video/Voice Port Configuration” on page 21-10 . • Syste ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 303

    Chapter 9-Reservations Polycom, Inc. 9-3 — Sufficient resources are not available in the system. • If a problem prevents a Reservation from being activated at its schedule time, the Reservation will not be activated at all. This applies ev en if the problem is resolved during the Reservation’s s cheduled time slot. • A Profile that is assig ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 304

    Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide 9-4 Polycom, Inc. Reservations Views The Reservation Calendar list has the fol lowing views available: • Week •D a y •T o d a y •L i s t In all views the Main Window List Pane head er displays the total number of reservations in the system. Week V iew By ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 305

    Chapter 9-Reservations Polycom, Inc. 9-5 T oday View The current date ( Today ), highlighted in orange, can be viewed in both Week View and Day View . List V iew List View does not have a calendar based format. All Reservations are listed by: The Reservations can be sorted, searched and browsed by any of the listed fields. • Display Name • End ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 306

    Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide 9-6 Polycom, Inc. Changing the Calendar V iew To change between Week and Day views: >> In Week View: In the Reservation Calendar toolbar, click Sho w Day ( ) to change to Day View . or In Day View: In the Reservation Calendar toolbar, click Show Week () t ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 307

    Chapter 9-Reservations Polycom, Inc. 9-7 To view Today ( the current date): >> In Week View or Day View , in the Reservation Calendar toolbar, click the Today () button to have the current date di splayed within the selected view. To change to List View: 1 In the Reservation Calendar toolbar, click, the Reservations List () b u t t o n . The ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 308

    Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide 9-8 Polycom, Inc. Scheduling Conferences Using the Reservation Calendar Creating a New Reservation There are three methods of creating a new reservation: Each method requires the selection of a star ting time slot in the Reservation Calendar . The default time s ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 309

    Chapter 9-Reservations Polycom, Inc. 9-9 The duration of reservations created by any of the above methods can be modified in the Scheduler tab of the New Reservation dialog box . To create a new reservation: 1 Open the Reservation Calendar . 2 Select a starting time slot. 3 Create the reservation using one of the three methods described above. The ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 310

    Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide 9-10 Polycom, Inc. 4 Click the Schedule tab. When a Conference Profile is assigned to a Meet ing Room or a Reservation, the Profile’s parameters are not embedded in the Reservatio n, and are taken from the Profile when the reservation becomes an ongoin g confe ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 311

    Chapter 9-Reservations Polycom, Inc. 9-11 5 Adjust the new reservation’s schedul e by modifying the field s as described in Table 9-3. T able 9-3 New Reservation – Schedule T ab Field Description Sta rt T i me Select the S t art T ime of the Reservation. • The S tart/End T imes of t he Reservati on are initially taken from the time slot selec ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 312

    Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide 9-12 Polycom, Inc. Recurrence Pattern Daily If Daily is selected, the system automat ically select s all the days of the week. T o de-select days (for example, weekends) clear their check boxes. Weekly If Wee k ly is selected, the system auto matically selects t ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 313

    Chapter 9-Reservations Polycom, Inc. 9-13 6 Click th e Particip ants tab. The fields are the same as for the New Conference – Participants tab, described in the RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX ) 15 00/2000/4000 Getting Started Guide, " Participant s Tab” on page 3- 17 . 7 Optional. Add participants from the Participants Address Book ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 314

    Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide 9-14 Polycom, Inc. The series number ( _0000n ) of each reser vation is appended to its Di splay Name . Example: Conference Te mplate name: Sales Display Name for single scheduled occurrence: Sales If 3 recurrences of the reservation are created: Display Name fo ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 315

    Chapter 9-Reservations Polycom, Inc. 9-15 The cursor changes to a vertical double arrow ( ) when it is moved over the top and bottom sides of the squa re. To move the Reservatio n to another time slot: 1 Select the Reservation . 2 Hold the mouse button down and drag the Reservation to the desired time slot. 3 Release the mouse button. To change the ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 316

    Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide 9-16 Polycom, Inc. Adjusting the S t art Ti mes of all Reservations When utilizing GMT offset ( for example, Daylight Saving Time change), the start time of the reoccurring reservations scheduled before the RMX time change are not updated accordingly (although t ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 317

    Chapter 9-Reservations Polycom, Inc. 9-17 3 Click the arrows of the Offset - Hours box to indicate the numb er of hours to add or subtract from the current start time; a positive value indicates adding time, whi le minus (-) indicates s ubtracting time. 4 Click the arrows of the Offset - minutes box to indicate the number of minutes to add or subtr ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 318

    Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide 9-18 Polycom, Inc. Searching for Reservatio ns using Quick Search Quick Search is available only in List View. It enables you t o search for Reservations by Display Name . To search for reservations: 1 In the Reservation Calendar toolbar, click in the Quick Sear ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 319

    Polycom, Inc. 10-1 10 Operator Assist ance & Particip ant Move Users (operators) assistance to participants is available when: • Participants have requested individual help (using *0 DTMF code) during the conference. • Participants have requested help for the c onference (using 00 DTMF code) during the conference. • Participants have prob ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 320

    Polycom RealPresence Coll aboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 10-2 Polycom, Inc. • The operator can connect participants belong ing to the same destination conference to their conference simultaneously by selectin g the appropriate participants and moving them to the Home conference (interacti vely or using the right-click menu). • The opera ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 321

    Chapter 10-Operator Assist ance & Participant Move Polycom, Inc. 10-3 Defining the Comp onent s Enabling Operator Assistance To enable operator assistance for conferences, the following conferencing entities must be adjusted or created: • IVR Service (Entry Queue and Conference) in which Operator Assistance options are enabled. • A Conferen ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 322

    Polycom RealPresence Coll aboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 10-4 Polycom, Inc. password request for Dial-in and Dial-out participant connections. For more information, see Table 17-5, “New Conference IVR Se rvice Properties - Conference Passwor d Parameters,” on page 17-10 . 10 Select the various audio messages that wi ll be played in each ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 323

    Chapter 10-Operator Assist ance & Participant Move Polycom, Inc. 10-5 19 Click th e Operator Assistance tab. The Operator Assistance dialog box opens. 20 Select Enable Operator Assistance to en able operator as sistance when the participant requires or requests help during the connect ion process to the conference or during the conference. 21 I ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 324

    Polycom RealPresence Coll aboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 10-6 Polycom, Inc. 9 Click the Video Services tab. The New Entry Queue IVR Service - Video Service s dialog box opens. 10 In the Video Welcome Slide list, select the video slide that will be displayed to participants connecting to the Entry Queue. Th e slide list includes the video sl ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 325

    Chapter 10-Operator Assist ance & Participant Move Polycom, Inc. 10-7 2 In the Conference Profiles pane, click the New Profi le button. The New Profile – General dialog box opens. 3 Define the Profile name and, if requ ired, the Profile general parameters: T able 10-1 New Profile - General Parameters Field/Option Description Display Name Ente ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 326

    Polycom RealPresence Coll aboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 10-8 Polycom, Inc. 4 Click the Advanced tab. The New Profile – Advanc ed dialog box opens. 5 Define the following par ameters: Video Switching If the Operator Conference option is selected, this option is disabled, and the selection is cleared. For more information , see " Vide ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 327

    Chapter 10-Operator Assist ance & Participant Move Polycom, Inc. 10-9 6 Click th e Video Qual ity tab. Auto T erminate When selected (default), the conferen ce automa ti cally ends when the termination conditions are met: Before First Joins — No participant has connected to a conference during the n minutes after it started. Default idle time ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 328

    Polycom RealPresence Coll aboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 10-10 Polycom, Inc. The New Profile – Video Quali ty dialog box opens. 7 Define the following par ameters: T able 10-3 New Profile - Video Quality Parameters Field/Optio n Description People V ideo Definition Video Quality Depending on the amount of movement contained in the confere ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 329

    Chapter 10-Operator Assist ance & Participant Move Polycom, Inc. 10-11 8 Click th e Video Se ttings tab. The New Profile - Video Settings dialog box opens. 9 Define the video display mode and layout. For more details, see Table 2-12 , “New AVC Profile - Video Settings Parameters,” on page 2-3 0 . 10 Click th e Skins tab to modify the backgr ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 330

    Polycom RealPresence Coll aboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 10-12 Polycom, Inc. 2 In the Profile field, select a Profile in which the Operator Conference option is selected. Upon selection of the Operator Conference Profile, the Displ ay Name is automatically taken from the RMX User Login Name . This name cannot be modified. Only one Operator ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 331

    Chapter 10-Operator Assist ance & Participant Move Polycom, Inc. 10-13 Routing Name Routing Name is the name with which on going conferences, Meeting Rooms, Entry Queues and SIP Fa ctories re gister with various devices on the network such as gatekeepers and SIP servers. This name must be defined using ASCII characters. Comma, colon and semic o ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 332

    Polycom RealPresence Coll aboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 10-14 Polycom, Inc. 4 Click the Participan ts tab. The New Conference - Participants dialog box opens. You must define or add the Operator pa rticipant to the Operator conference. This participant must be defined as a dial-out participant. Define the parameters of the endpoint that wi ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 333

    Chapter 10-Operator Assist ance & Participant Move Polycom, Inc. 10-15 2 Click th e Save Conference to Templa te () button. or Right-click and sel ect Save Conference to Template . The conference is saved to a template whose name is taken from the ongoing confe rence Display Name (the Login name of the RMX User). The Template is displayed with ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 334

    Polycom RealPresence Coll aboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 10-16 Polycom, Inc. 2 Click the Start Conference fro m Template () button. or Right-click and select Start Conference from Template . The conference is started. The name of the ongoing conference in the Conferences list is taken from the Conference Template Display Nam e. Monitoring O ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 335

    Chapter 10-Operator Assist ance & Participant Move Polycom, Inc. 10-17 Participants in Entry Queues who failed to ente r the correct destination confer ence ID or the conference password will wait for operator assistance (provided that an Operator conference is active). When requiring or requesting operator as sistance, the RMX mana gement appl ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 336

    Polycom RealPresence Coll aboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 10-18 Polycom, Inc. This list is used as reference only . Participants can be assisted and moved to the Operator conference or the destination confere nce only from the Participants list of the Entry Queues or ongoing conference where they are awaiting assistance. The participants are ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 337

    Chapter 10-Operator Assist ance & Participant Move Polycom, Inc. 10-19 • Participants cannot be moved fr om a Telepr esence conference. • Participants cannot be moved from LPR-en abled conferences to non-LPR co nferences. Move from non-LPR conferences to LP R-enabled conferences is available. • Move between encrypted and non-encrypted con ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 338

    Polycom RealPresence Coll aboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 10-20 Polycom, Inc. 2 In the Participants list, right-click the icon of the participant to move and select one of the following options: — Move to Oper ator Confere nce - to move the participant to the Operator conference. — Move to Con ference - to move the participant to any ong ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 339

    Polycom, Inc. 11-1 11 Conference T emplates Conference Templates enable administrators and operators to cre ate, save, schedule and activate identical conferences. A Conference Template : • Saves the conference Profile. • Saves all partici pant parameters including their Personal Layout and Video Forcing settings. • Simplifies the setting up ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 340

    Polycom RealPresence Coll aboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 11-2 Polycom, Inc. • Participant properties are embedded in the Conference Template and therefore, if the participant properties are modified in the Address Book after the Conference Template has been created they are not appl ied to the participant whether the Template becomes an o ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 341

    Chapter 1 1-Conference T emplates Polycom, Inc. 11-3 For more information see RealPresence Collaboration Serv er 1500/2000/4000 Getting Started Guide, “Customizing the Main Screen” on page 10 . Clicking the anchor pin ( ) button hides the Conference Templates list as a closed tab. T oolbar Buttons The Conference Template toolbar includes the fo ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 342

    Polycom RealPresence Coll aboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 11-4 Polycom, Inc. The New Conference Template - General dialog box opens. 3 The field s of the New Template – General dialog box are identical to those of the New Conference – General dialog box. For a full desc ription of the fields see the RealPresence Collaboration Server 1500 ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 343

    Chapter 1 1-Conference T emplates Polycom, Inc. 11-5 The New Template – Participants dialog box opens. The fields of the New Template – Participants dialog box are the same as those of the Ne w Conference – Participant dialog box. For a full description of these fields see the RealPresence Collaboration Server 1500/2000/ 4000 Gettin g Started ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 344

    Polycom RealPresence Coll aboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 11-6 Polycom, Inc. For a full description of the General tab fields see “Adding a new participant to the Address Book Directly” on page 8 . 8 Modify the fields of the General tab. 9 Click the Advanced tab. The New Participant – Advanced tab opens. For a full description of the A ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 345

    Chapter 1 1-Conference T emplates Polycom, Inc. 11-7 The Media Sources tab enables you to set up and save Personal Layout and Video Forcing settings for each participant. This is especially important when setting up Telepresenc e conferences. For a full description of Personal Layout and Video Forcing settings see the RealPresence Collaboration Ser ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 346

    Polycom RealPresence Coll aboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 11-8 Polycom, Inc. The New Conference Templa te – Information tab opens. For a full description of the Information fields see the RealPrese nce Collaboration Server 1500/2000/4000 G etting Started Guide, “Inf ormation Tab” on page 20 . 16 Click the OK button. The New Conference ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 347

    Chapter 1 1-Conference T emplates Polycom, Inc. 11-9 The conference is saved to a template whose name is taken from the ongoing confe rence Display Name (the Login name of the RMX User ). The Template is displayed wit h the Operator Conference icon. S t arting an Ongoing Conference From a T emplate An ongoing conference can be started from any Temp ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 348

    Polycom RealPresence Coll aboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 11-10 Polycom, Inc. The conference is started. The name of the ongoing conference in the Conferences list is taken from the Conference Template Display Nam e. Participants that are connected to othe r ongoing conferences when the template becomes an ongoing conference are not connecte ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 349

    Chapter 1 1-Conference T emplates Polycom, Inc. 11-11 The conference is started. The name of the ongoing conference in the Conferences list is taken from the Conference Template Display Nam e. Scheduling a Reservation From a Conference T emplate (A VC Conferencing) A Conference Template can be used to schedule a single or recurring Reservation . To ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 350

    Polycom RealPresence Coll aboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 11-12 Polycom, Inc. The Display Name of the Res ervation is taken from the Conference Template Di splay Name . For a full description of the Reservation Properties fields see Table 9-3, “ New Reservation – Schedule Tab,” on page 9-11 . 3 Modify the fields of the Reservation Prop ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 351

    Chapter 1 1-Conference T emplates Polycom, Inc. 11-13 Deleting a Conference T emplate One or several Conference Templates can be deleted at a time. To delete Conference Templates: 1 In the Conference Templates list, select th e Template(s) you want to delete. 2 Click th e Delete Conference Template () button. or Right-click and sel ect Delete Confe ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 352

    Polycom RealPresence Coll aboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 11-14 Polycom, Inc. Exporting Conference T emplates Conference Templates are exported to a single XML file that can be used to import the Conference Templates on multiple MCUs. Using the Export Conference Templates option, you can: •E x p o r t a l l Conference Templates from an MCU ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 353

    Chapter 1 1-Conference T emplates Polycom, Inc. 11-15 The Conference Templates - Export dialog box is displayed. 3 In the Export Path field, type the path name to the location where you want to save the exported file or click Browse to sel ect the desired path. 4 Optional. Clear the Export includes con ference profiles check box when you only want ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 354

    Polycom RealPresence Coll aboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 11-16 Polycom, Inc. 2 Right-click the Conference Templates to be expo rted, and then click Expo rt Selected Conference Templates . . The Conference Templates - Export dialog box is displayed. 3 In the Export Path field, type the path name to the location where you want to save the exp ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 355

    Chapter 1 1-Conference T emplates Polycom, Inc. 11-17 6 Click OK to export the Conference Templates and Conference Profiles to a file. Importing Conference T emplates You can import Conference Templates and Conference Pr ofiles from one MCU to multiple MCUs in your environment. To import Conference Templates: 1 In the RMX Web Client main window, cl ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 356

    Polycom RealPresence Coll aboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 11-18 Polycom, Inc. 4 In the Import P ath field, click Browse to navigate to the path and file name of the Conference Te mplates you want to import. When clicking the exported templates file yo u want to import, the system automatically displays the appropriate files in the Te mplates ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 357

    Polycom, Inc. 12-1 12 Polycom Conferencing for Microsof t Outlook® Polycom Conferencing for Microsoft Outlook is an add-in that enables users to easily organize and invite attendees to Video Enabled meetings via Microsoft Outlook ® . Polycom Conferencing for Microsoft Outlook is implemented by installing the Polycom Conferencing Add-in for Micros ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 358

    Polycom RealPresence Coll aboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 12-2 Polycom, Inc. A Gathering Slide is displayed to connected particip ants until the conference starts. The Gathering Slide displays live video along with information taken from the meeting invitation such as the subject, meeting organizer, duration, di al-in numbers etc. At the end ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 359

    Chapter 12-Polycom Conferencing for Mi crosoft O utlook® Polycom, Inc. 12-3 There are three options that can be used to configure the Exchange Integration Configur ation . The option you choose will depend on the configuration of the mailbox in the Exchange Server and the configuratio n of the Exchange Server itse lf. — Option 1 - Use this optio ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 360

    Polycom RealPresence Coll aboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 12-4 Polycom, Inc. b Click the OK button. Option 2 - Using an alt ernate Primary SMTP Ma ilbox User Name Enter the User Name of the RMX, as registered in the Microsoft Exchange Server , that the RMX uses to login to it s e-mail account. Field length: Up to 80 characters. Password Ente ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 361

    Chapter 12-Polycom Conferencing for Mi crosoft O utlook® Polycom, Inc. 12-5 a Define the following field s: b Click the OK button. Option 3 - Using modi fied Exchange Server settings T able 12-2 Exchange Integration Configur ation - Option 2 Field Description Enable Calendaring Service These fields are defined as for Option 1 above. Exchange Serve ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 362

    Polycom RealPresence Coll aboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 12-6 Polycom, Inc. a Define the following field s: b Click the OK button. If applicable, RSS, VMC , DMA and calendaring- enabled endp oints are configured with the Exchange Server Name, User Name s and Passwords needed to access their accounts. For more information see the Polycom Uni ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 363

    Chapter 12-Polycom Conferencing for Mi crosoft O utlook® Polycom, Inc. 12-7 • The meeting organizer can enable recording and/or streaming of the meeting. • If meet ing is to be recorde d, the Ad Hoc Entry Queue must have recording enabled in its Profile . For mo re inform ation see " Def ining New Prof iles” on page 2-18 . • Meetings ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 364

    Polycom RealPresence Coll aboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 12-8 Polycom, Inc. Creating and Connecting to a Conference Creating a Conference Meetings are organized using the Microsoft Outlook client in the normal manner. If the meeting organizer deci des that video par t icipants are to be included in a multipoint video conference, he/she clic ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 365

    Chapter 12-Polycom Conferencing for Mi crosoft O utlook® Polycom, Inc. 12-9 Table 12-4 summarizes the RMX’s usage of Microsoft Outlook data fields included in the meeting invitation. Connecting to a Conference Participants can connect to the co nference in the following ways: • Participants with Polycom CMA Desk top™ or a Microsoft Office Co ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 366

    Polycom RealPresence Coll aboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 12-10 Polycom, Inc. • Participants outside the office or using PSTN or mobile phones, can use the dial in number in the meeting invitation to manually dial in to the meeting. RMX S t andalone Deployment When using a single RMX in a standalone deployment, connec tion is via an Ad Hoc ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 367

    Polycom, Inc. 13-1 13 Conference and Particip ant Monitoring You can monitor ongoing conferences and perf orm various operations while conferences are running. Three levels of monitoring ar e available with the RealPresen ce Collaboration Server (RMX): • General Monitoring - You can monitor the general stat us of all ongoing conferences and their ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 368

    Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide 13-2 Polycom, Inc. General Monitoring Users can monitor a conference or keep tr ack of its participants and prog ress. For more information, see RealPresence Collaboration Server 15 00/2000/4000 Gettin g Started Guide , " Monitoring Ongoing Conferences” o ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 369

    Chapter 13-Confere nce and Particip ant Monitoring Polycom, Inc. 13-3 Conference Level Monitoring In addition to the general conference information t hat is displayed in t he Conference list pane, you can view the details of the confer ence’s current status and setup parameters, using the Conference Properties dialog box. The tabs displayed in th ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 370

    Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide 13-4 Polycom, Inc. The following information is displayed in the General tab: T able 13-1 Conference Propertie s - General Field Description Display Name The Display Name is the conference na me in native language and Unicode character sets to be displayed in th ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 371

    Chapter 13-Confere nce and Particip ant Monitoring Polycom, Inc. 13-5 Video Switching When selected, the conference is of ultra-high quality video resolution, in a special conferen cing mode which impli es that all participant s must connect at the same line rate and use HD video. This feature utilizes the resources more wisely and efficiently by: ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 372

    Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide 13-6 Polycom, Inc. 2 Click the Advanced tab. The Conference Properties - Advanced dialog box opens. 3 The following i nformation is displayed i n the Advanced tab: T able 13-2 Confe rence Properties - Advanced Parameters Field/Optio n Description Encryp tion Ind ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 373

    Chapter 13-Confere nce and Particip ant Monitoring Polycom, Inc. 13-7 4 Click th e Gathering Settings tab. The Conference Properties - Gathering Settings dialog box opens. TIP Compatibility Indicates the TIP Compatibility mode when impleme nting an RMX and Cisco T elep resence Systems (CTS) Integration solution. • None • Video Only • Vide o & ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 374

    Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide 13-8 Polycom, Inc. 5 The following i nformation is displayed: 6 Click the Video Qualit y tab. The Conference Properties - Video Quality dialog box opens. T able 13-3 Profile - Gathering Setti ngs Field/Option s Description Enable Gathering Indicates whether the ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 375

    Chapter 13-Confere nce and Particip ant Monitoring Polycom, Inc. 13-9 The following i nformation is displayed: T able 13-4 Confere nce Properties - Video Quality Parameters Field/Option Description People V ideo Defi nition Video Quality Indicates the resolution and fram e rate that determine the video quality set for the conferenc e. Possible se t ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 376

    Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide 13-10 Polycom, Inc. Content V ideo Definition Content Settings Indicates the Content ch annel reso lution set for the conference. Possible resolutions are: • Graphics – default mode • Hi-res Gr aphics – requiring a higher bit rate • Live V ideo – con ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 377

    Chapter 13-Confere nce and Particip ant Monitoring Polycom, Inc. 13-11 7 Click t he Video Se ttings tab to list the video parameters. Viewing Permission s Chairperson Administrator Operator Ta b Video Setting s    T able 13-5 Conference Properties - Video Settings Parameters Field Description Presentation Mode W hen checked, indicates that ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 378

    Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide 13-12 Polycom, Inc. 8 Click the A udio Settings tab to view the audio setting for the conference. You can modify the Mute participants except lecturer setting. 9 Click the C ustomized Polling tab to view and modify the customized polling for the conference. All ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 379

    Chapter 13-Confere nce and Particip ant Monitoring Polycom, Inc. 13-13 10 Optional. Add a participant to the list of participants to be Auto Scanned : a Click on the participant’s name in the All Participants list. b Click the Add button to move the participant to the Scanning Order pane. 11 Optional. Delete a partic ipant from th e list of parti ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 380

    Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide 13-14 Polycom, Inc. V iewing the Properties of an Ongoing SVC-based Conference To view the parameters of an ongoing SVC conference: 1 In the Conference list pane, double-click the SVC co nference or right-click the SVC conference and then click Conference Proper ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 381

    Chapter 13-Confere nce and Particip ant Monitoring Polycom, Inc. 13-15 3 Click th e Advanced tab. Conference Password Conference Password is not supported in SVC co nferences. Chairperson Password Chairperson Password is not supported in SVC conferences. ID The conference ID. Profile The name of the conference Prof ile from which conference paramet ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 382

    Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide 13-16 Polycom, Inc. The Conference Properties - Advanced dialog box opens. 4 The following i nformation is displayed i n the Advanced tab: 5 Click the Video Qualit y tab. T able 13-7 Confe rence Properties - Advanced Parameters Field/Optio n Description Encryp t ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 383

    Chapter 13-Confere nce and Particip ant Monitoring Polycom, Inc. 13-17 The Conference Properti es - Video Qu ality dialog box opens. The following i nformation is displayed: T able 13-8 Confere nce Properties - Video Quality Parameters Field/Option Description People V ideo Defi nition Video Quality Indicates the resolution and fram e rate that det ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 384

    Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide 13-18 Polycom, Inc. 6 Click the Inform ation tab to view general information defined for the conference. Changes made to this information once the c onference is running are not saved to the CDR. 7 Click OK to close the Conference Properties dialog box. Monitori ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 385

    Chapter 13-Confere nce and Particip ant Monitoring Polycom, Inc. 13-19 The following icons and statuses are displayed in the Participant Status column: When the Operator moves the participant to the Operator conference for individual as sistance the participan t Status indications are clea red. Request to Speak Participants that were muted by the c ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 386

    Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide 13-20 Polycom, Inc. • The duration of the icon di splay cannot be modified. Particip ant Alert s List The Participant Alerts list contains all the participants who are currently waiting for operator assistance. Participants are automatically added to the Parti ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 387

    Chapter 13-Confere nce and Particip ant Monitoring Polycom, Inc. 13-21 Particip ant Level Monitoring In addition to conference information, you can view detailed information regarding the status and parameters of each listed participant, us ing the Participant Properties dialog box. Participant properties can be displayed for all participants curre ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 388

    Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide 13-22 Polycom, Inc. The Media Sources dialog box enables you to mute participant’s audio, suspend participant’s video transmissi on and select a personal Video Layout for the participant. IP Particip ant Properties For ISDN/PSTN participant s, only the follo ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 389

    Chapter 13-Confere nce and Particip ant Monitoring Polycom, Inc. 13-23 2 Click th e Connection Status tab to view the connection status, and if disconnected the cause of the disconnection. This dialog bo x is the same for AVC-based and SVC-based participants. Mute/Suspend Indicates if the endpoint’s audio and/or video chann els have been muted/ s ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 390

    Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide 13-24 Polycom, Inc. 3 Click the H.245 (H.32 3) or SD P (SIP) tab during or after the participant’s connection process to view information that can help in r esolving connection issues. Connection Time The date and time the participant connected to the conferen ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 391

    Chapter 13-Confere nce and Particip ant Monitoring Polycom, Inc. 13-25 4 Click on the Channel Status tab to view the status of the various channels. T able 13-12 Participant Properties - H.245/SDP Parameters Field Description Remote Capabilities Lists the participant’s cap abilities as declared by the endpoint. Remote Communic ation Mode Displays ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 392

    Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide 13-26 Polycom, Inc. T able 13-13 Participant Properties - Channel Status Parameters Field Description Channels Used When checked, indicates the channel type used by the participant to connect to the conference: Incoming channels are endpoint to MCU, Outgoing cha ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 393

    Chapter 13-Confere nce and Particip ant Monitoring Polycom, Inc. 13-27 Sync S tatus Channel - The channel type: Video or Content. Source - The name of the particip ant currently viewed by this participant. Position - The video layout position indicating the place of each participant as they appear in a conference. Protocol Sync Loss - Indicates whe ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 394

    Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide 13-28 Polycom, Inc. 5 Click the Channel Status Advanced tab to view additiona l information for selected audio and video channels. In the Channel Status - Advanced tab, channels can be sele cted for viewing additional information: Viewing Permissions Chairperson ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 395

    Chapter 13-Confere nce and Particip ant Monitoring Polycom, Inc. 13-29 Participant IP Address The IP address and the transport protocol (TCP/UDP) of the participant and the port number allocated to the media stream on the participant side. ICE RMX IP Address The IP address, port number , and tr a nsport protocol of the MCU used to pass through the ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 396

    Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide 13-30 Polycom, Inc. 6 Optional for H.323 AV C-based participants. Click the Gatekeeper Status tab to vi ew its parameters. Viewing Permissions Chairperson Administrator Operator Ta b Gatekeeper Stat us    T able 13-1 5 Participant Properties - Gatekeepe ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 397

    Chapter 13-Confere nce and Particip ant Monitoring Polycom, Inc. 13-31 7 Optional for S IP AVC-based and SVC-based partici pants. Click the Call Admission Control tab to view its parameters. Viewing Permissions Chairperson Administrator Operator Ta b Gatekeeper Stat us    T able 13-16 Participant Properties - Ga tekeeper Status Parameters ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 398

    Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide 13-32 Polycom, Inc. Monitoring SIP BFCP Content In the SIP Participant Properties dialog box, BFCP status infor mation appears in: • All three panes of the SDP tab. •T h e Channel Status tab. •T h e Channel Status - Advanced tab. For more information see & ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 399

    Chapter 13-Confere nce and Particip ant Monitoring Polycom, Inc. 13-33 Monitoring ISDN/PSTN Particip ant s Using the Participant Prope rties dialog box, you can monitor and verify the properties of an ISDN/PSTN participant. The dialog box’s tabs contain information that is relevant to the participant’s status only whil e the conference is runni ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 400

    Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide 13-34 Polycom, Inc. The Participant Properties - Media Sources dialog box is displ ayed. T able 13-18 ISDN/PSTN Participant Properties - Media Sources Field Description Mute/Suspend Indicates if th e endpoint’s audio and/or video channels from the endpoint hav ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 401

    Chapter 13-Confere nce and Particip ant Monitoring Polycom, Inc. 13-35 2 Click th e H.221 tab to view additional information that can help to resolve conne ction issues. T able 13-19 Participant Properties - H.221 Para meters Field Description Remote Capabilities Lists the participant’s cap abilities as declared by the endpoint. Remote Communic a ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 402

    Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide 13-36 Polycom, Inc. 3 Click the Connection Status tab to view general information regarding the participant connection and disconnection causes of the participant to the conference. T able 13-20 ISDN/PSTN Participant Properties - Connection Status Field Descript ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 403

    Chapter 13-Confere nce and Particip ant Monitoring Polycom, Inc. 13-37 4 Click th e Channel Status tab to view the status of a participant’s channels. T able 13-21 ISDN/PSTN Participant Properties - Channel St atus Field Description Connected Me dia Indicates if the particip ant is connected with Audio , Video and Content media channels. Channels ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 404

    Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide 13-38 Polycom, Inc. The Connected Me dia and Channels Used fields of an Aud io Only participant are displayed as follows: Monitoring T elepresence Particip ant Properties A Telepresence status indicat or is displayed in the Participant Properties - Advanced tab ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 405

    Polycom, Inc. 14-1 14 Recording Conferences Conferences running on the RMX can be recorded using a Polycom® RSS™ Recording and Streaming Server ( RSS ). The recording system can be installed at the same site as the conferencing MCU or at a remote site. Several MCU’s can share the same recording system. Recording conferences is enabled via a Re ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 406

    Polycom RealPresence Coll aboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 14-2 Polycom, Inc. Creating Multiple V irtual Recording Rooms on the RSS If the environment includes a Polycom® RSS™ 4000 Version 6.0 Recording and Streaming Server (RSS) and you want to associate Recording Links on the RMX with Virtual Recording Rooms ( VRR ), created and saved on ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 407

    Chapter 14-Recordin g Conferences Polycom, Inc. 14-3 The New Recording Link dialog box is displayed. 3 Define the following parameter s: T able 14-1 Recording Link Parameters Parameter Description Name Displays the default name that is assigne d to the Recording Link. If multiple Recording Links are defined, it is recommended to use a descriptive n ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 408

    Polycom RealPresence Coll aboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 14-4 Polycom, Inc. 4 Click OK . The Recording Link is added to the RMX unit. Enabling the Recording Features in a Conference IVR Service To record a conference, a Conference IVR Service in which the recording messages and DTMF codes are activated must be assign ed to the conference. T ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 409

    Chapter 14-Recordin g Conferences Polycom, Inc. 14-5 7 To modify the DTMF code or permission for a re cording function: a Select the desired DTMF name (Start, St op or Pause Recording), click the DTMF code entry and type a new code. b In the Permission entry, select whether this fun cti on can be used by all conference participants or only the chai ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 410

    Polycom RealPresence Coll aboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 14-6 Polycom, Inc. 4 Select the Enable Recording check box. 5 Define the following par ameters: 6 Click OK . Recording is enabled in t he Conference Profile . T able 14-3 Confe rence Profile Recording Paramete rs Parameter Description Enable Recordi ng Select to enable Recording Setti ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 411

    Chapter 14-Recordin g Conferences Polycom, Inc. 14-7 Recording Link Encryption The Recording Link can be encrypted when recording an encrypted conference. The encryption of the Recording Link is enabled when Encryption is selected in the Conference Profile on the RMX and on the RSS, and the system flag ALLOW_NON_ENCRYPT_RECOR DING_LINK_IN_ENCRYP T_ ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 412

    Polycom RealPresence Coll aboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 14-8 Polycom, Inc. Recording Link Settings The recording of encrypted conference s via an encrypted Recording Link is enabled in the Conference Profile by: • Selecting the Encryption option ( Encrypt Al l or Encrypt when Possi ble ) in the Advanced tab. For more details, see " ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 413

    Chapter 14-Recordin g Conferences Polycom, Inc. 14-9 Recording Link Layout When the video layout of the conference is set to Auto Layout , the recording of the conference will now include all the confer ence participants and not n-1 participants as in previous versions. In the new Auto Layout algorithm, the Recording Link is counted as a “p artic ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 414

    Polycom RealPresence Coll aboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 14-10 Polycom, Inc. Using the RealPresence Collaboration Server W eb Client to Mana ge the Recording Process To manage the recording proce ss using the right-click menu: >> Right-click the Recording participant in the conference and select from one of the following options: The ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 415

    Chapter 14-Recordin g Conferences Polycom, Inc. 14-11 To manage the recording process using the Conference toolbar: >> In the Conferences pane, click on e of the following buttons in the Conference tool bar. Using DTMF Codes to Mana ge the Recording Process By entering the appropriate DTMF code on the endpoint, the chairperson can Sto p the r ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 416

    Polycom RealPresence Coll aboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 14-12 Polycom, Inc. Once added to the confer ence, the MCU automatically connects th e participant (the link to Codian VCR ) and the recording is automatically started on the Codian VC R . A connection can also be defined on the Codian VCR , dialing into the recorded conference using ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 417

    Polycom, Inc. 15-1 15 Users, Connections and Notes Users RealPresence Collaboration Serv er Web Client Use rs are define d in the User’s table and can connect to the MCU to perform various operations. A maximum of 100 users can be define d per MCU. User T ypes The MCU supports the following user Authorization Levels: • Administrator • Adminis ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 418

    Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide 15-2 Polycom, Inc. Chairperson A Chairperson can only manage ongoing conf erences and participants. The Chairperson does not have access to the RM X configurations and utiliti es. Auditor An Auditor can only view Auditor Files and audit the system. Machine Accou ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 419

    Chapter 15-Users, Connect ions and Notes Polycom, Inc. 15-3 • The server hosting an application-user whose password is about to expire will receive a login response stating the nu mber of days until the application-user’s password expires. This is determined by the value of the PASSWORD_EXPIRATION_WARNING_DAYS System Flag . The earliest warn in ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 420

    Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide 15-4 Polycom, Inc. The Users pane is displayed. The list includ es three colum ns: User Name, Authorization Level a nd Disabled. The User Name is the login name used by the user to connect to the MCU. The Authorization indicates the Authorization Level assigned ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 421

    Chapter 15-Users, Connect ions and Notes Polycom, Inc. 15-5 4 In the User Name text box, enter the name of the ne w user. This is the logi n name used by the user when logging into the system. 5 In the Passwo rd text box, enter the n ew user’s password. This wil l be the user’s password when logging into the system. 6 In the Authorization Level ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 422

    Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide 15-6 Polycom, Inc. 3 Enter the Old Password (current), New Password and Confirm the New Password . 4 Click OK . The user’s password is changed. Disabling a User An administrator can disable an enabled use r. An indication is displ ayed in the Users List when t ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 423

    Chapter 15-Users, Connect ions and Notes Polycom, Inc. 15-7 2 Right-click the user to be enabled and select Enable User . A confirmation box i s displayed. 3 Click YES . The User status in the User s list - Disabled column changes to NO . Renaming a User To rename a user: 1 In the RMX Management pane, click the Users ( ) button. The Users pane is d ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 424

    Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide 15-8 Polycom, Inc. Connections The RealPresence Collabor ation Server enables yo u to list all connecti ons that are currently logged into the MCU, e.g. users, servers or API users. The MCU issues an ID number for each login. The ID numbers are reset whenever th ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 425

    Chapter 15-Users, Connect ions and Notes Polycom, Inc. 15-9 • Locking out User. • Displaying the Use r Login record. Controlling the user sessions includes: • Limiting the maximum number of concurrent user se ssions. • User session time out. • Limiting the maximum number of user s that can connect to the system. Managing the System Users ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 426

    Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide 15-10 Polycom, Inc. Managing the User Login Process Implementing Strong Passwords Strong Passwords can be implemented for logging into the RMX management applications. They can be implemented when the system is in standard security mode or when in Ultra Secure M ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 427

    Chapter 15-Users, Connect ions and Notes Polycom, Inc. 15-11 Implementing Password Re-Use / History Rules Users are prevented from re-using previous passwords by keeping a li st of previous passwords. If a password is recorded in the list, it cannot be re-used. The list is cyclic, with the most recently recorded password causing the deletion of the ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 428

    Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide 15-12 Polycom, Inc. Defining Password Change Frequency The frequency with which a user can change a password is determined by the value of the MIN_PWD_CHANGE_FREQUENCY_IN_DAYS System Flag. The value of the flag is the number of days that users must retain a pass ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 429

    Chapter 15-Users, Connect ions and Notes Polycom, Inc. 15-13 A system reset does not reset the Login attempts counter. The time period during which the thre e consecutive Login failures occur is de termined by the value of the USER_LOCKOUT_WINDOW_IN_MINU TES System Flag . A flag value of 0 means that three consecutive Login failures in any time per ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 430

    Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide 15-14 Polycom, Inc. Any attempt to exceed the maximum number of management sessions per system results in the display of an error message: Maximum number of permitted user connections has been exceeded . New connection is denied . The log in attempt is recorded ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 431

    Chapter 15-Users, Connect ions and Notes Polycom, Inc. 15-15 2 In the Notes toolbar, click the New Note ( ) button, or right-click anywhere inside the Notes window and select N ew Note . 3 In the Note dialog box, type the required text and click OK . The new note is saved and closed. The Notes list is updated, list ing the new note and its properti ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 432

    Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide 15-16 Polycom, Inc. ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 433

    Polycom, Inc. 16-1 16 Network Services To enable the RealPresence Collaboration Se rver (RMX) to function within IP and ISDN/ PSTN network environments, network parameters must be defined for both the IP Network Services and ISDN/ PSTN Network Services. The IP Network Service must be defined for the RMX, while the I SDN/PSTN Networ k Service defi n ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 434

    Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide 16-2 Polycom, Inc. •I P v 6 & I P v 4 When IPv4 is selected, IPv6 fields are not displayed and c onversely when IPv6 is sele cted, IPv4 fields are not displa yed. When IPv6 & IPv4 is selected both IPv6 and IPv4 fields are displayed. For the purposes of ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 435

    Chapter 16-Network Services Polycom, Inc. 16-3 For more information, see the RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Getting Started Guide, " Procedure 1: First -time Power-up” on page 2-25 . Modifying the Management Network The Managemen t Network parameters need to be modified if you want to: • Connect directly to the RMX ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 436

    Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide 16-4 Polycom, Inc. 3 Modify the following fields: Ta b l e 1 6 - 1 Default Management Network Service – IP Field Descrip tion Network Service Name Displays the name of the Manag ement Network. This name cannot be modified. Note: This field is displayed in all ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 437

    Chapter 16-Network Services Polycom, Inc. 16-5 Control Unit IP Address IPv4 The IPv4 address of the RMX. This IP address is used by the Re alPresence Collaboration Server Web Client to connect to the RMX. IPv6 The IPv6 address of the MCU. This IP address is used by the Re alPresence Collaboration Server Web Client to connect to the RMX. Note: Inter ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 438

    Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide 16-6 Polycom, Inc. 4 Click the Routers tab. 5 Modify the following fields: T able 16-2 Default Mana gement Network Service – Routers Field Description Default Router IP Address IPv4 Enter the IP address of the default router . The default router i s used whene ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 439

    Chapter 16-Network Services Polycom, Inc. 16-7 St atic Routes IPv4 Only T able The system uses S tatic Routes to sear ch other networks for endpoint addresses that are not found on the local LAN. Up to five routers can be defined in addition to the Default Router . The order in which the routers appear in the list determines the order in which the ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 440

    Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide 16-8 Polycom, Inc. 6 Click the DNS tab. 7 Modify the following fields: 8 RealPresence Collaboratio n Server (RMX) 2000 only: Click the LAN Ports tab. T able 16-3 Default Mana gement Network Service – DNS Field Description MCU Host Name Enter the name of the MC ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 441

    Chapter 16-Network Services Polycom, Inc. 16-9 RMX 1500/4000 : If you want to modify the LAN Port Speed Settings on an RMX 1500/ 4000 see " Ethernet Settings” on page 16-24 . 9 View or modify the following field s: T able 16-4 Management Network Pro perties – LAN Ports Parameters Field Description Port Speed The RealPresence Collaboration ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 442

    Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide 16-10 Polycom, Inc. 10 Click the Security tab. 11 Modify the following fields: 12 Click OK. 13 If you have modified the Ma nagement Ne twork Properties , reset the MCU. T able 16-5 Management Network Pro perties – Security Parameters Field Description Secured ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 443

    Chapter 16-Network Services Polycom, Inc. 16-11 Modifying the Default IP Network Service The Default IP Service parameters need to be modified if you want to change the: • Network type that the RMX connects to • IP address of the RMX Signaling Host • IP addresses of the RMX Media boards • Subnet mask of the RMX’s IP cards • Gatekeeper p ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 444

    Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide 16-12 Polycom, Inc. 3 Modify the foll owing fields: T able 16-6 Default IP Network Service – IP Field Description Network Service Name The name Default IP Service is assigned to the IP Network Service by the Fast Configuration Wizard. Th is name can be changed ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 445

    Chapter 16-Network Services Polycom, Inc. 16-13 4 Click th e Routers tab. With the exception of IP Network Type , the field definitions of the Routers tab are the same as for the Default Management Network. For more information see " Click the Routers tab.” on page 16-6 . 5 Optional. Click the DNS tab. Settings in this dialog box are relevan ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 446

    Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide 16-14 Polycom, Inc. 6 Click the Gatekeepe r tab. 7 Modify the following fields: T able 16-7 Default IP Service – Conferenci ng – Gatekeeper Parameters Field Description Gatekeeper Select Sp ec if y to enab le configuration of the gatekeeper IP address. When ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 447

    Chapter 16-Network Services Polycom, Inc. 16-15 8 Click th e Ports tab. Settings in the Ports tab allow specific ports in the firewall to be allocate d to multimedia conference calls. Refresh Registration every __ seconds The frequency with which the system in forms the gatekeeper that it is active by re-sending the IP add ress and aliases of the I ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 448

    Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide 16-16 Polycom, Inc. The port range recommended by IANA (Int ernet Assigned Numbers Authority) is 49152 to 65535. The RMX uses this recommendat ion along with the number of licensed ports to calculate the port range. 9 Modify the following fields: T able 16-8 Def ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 449

    Chapter 16-Network Services Polycom, Inc. 16-17 10 If required, click the QoS tab. Quality of Service (QoS) is important when transm itting high bandwidth audio and video information. QoS can be measured and guaranteed in terms of: • Average delay between packe ts • Variation in delay (jitt er) • Transmission error rate DiffServ and Precedenc ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 450

    Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide 16-18 Polycom, Inc. Ty p e Dif fServ and Precedence are two methods for encoding packet priority . The priority set here for audio video and IP Signaling packets should match the priority set in the router . • DiffServ: Select when the network router uses Diff ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 451

    Chapter 16-Network Services Polycom, Inc. 16-19 12 Click th e SIP Servers tab. 13 Modify the following field s: T able 16-10 Default IP Network Service – SIP Servers Field Description SIP Server Select: • Spec ify – to manually configure SIP servers. • Off – if SIP servers are not present in the network. SIP Server T ype Select: • Gener ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 452

    Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide 16-20 Polycom, Inc. Create Certificate This button is used to create a Certificate Request to be sent to a Certificatio n Authority . Certificate Method Select the method for sending the Certificate to the RMX: • CSR • PEM/PFX For more information see " ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 453

    Chapter 16-Network Services Polycom, Inc. 16-21 14 Click th e Security tab. 15 Modify the following fields : If the Authe ntication User Name and Authentication Password fields are left empty, the SIP Digest authentication request is rejected. For registration wit hout authentication, the RMX must be registered as a trusted entity on the SIP server ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 454

    Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide 16-22 Polycom, Inc. 16 Optional. To configure the ICE environment, click the SIP Advanced tab. 17 Modify the foll owing fields: 18 Optional. Click the V35 Gateway tab. T able 16-12 Default IP Network Service – SIP Advanced Field Description Server User Name En ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 455

    Chapter 16-Network Services Polycom, Inc. 16-23 The network service Properties dialog box is displayed. 19 Modify the following fiel ds: 20 Click th e OK button. T able 16-13 Network Service - V35 tab Field Description V35 Gateway IP Address Enter the Management IP address of the ma nagement interface of the Serial Gateway . F or more information s ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 456

    Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide 16-24 Polycom, Inc. Ethernet Settings In the RMX 1500/4000 the automatica lly identi fied speed and transmit/receive mode of each LAN port used by the system can be manual ly modified if the specific swi tch requires it. These settings can be modified in the Eth ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 457

    Chapter 16-Network Services Polycom, Inc. 16-25 The Ethernet Settings dialog box opens. RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 4000 RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500 RMX 1500/4000 : Althoug h the RTM LAN (media card) ports are shown as Port 1 in the Ethernet Settings and Hardware Monitor , the physical LAN connection is Port 2. ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 458

    Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide 16-26 Polycom, Inc. 2 Modify the following field: 3 Click the OK button. T able 16-15 Ethernet Settings Parameters Field Description Speed The RMX has 3 LAN ports on the RTM-IP (Management, Sign aling and Shelf Management), and additiona l LAN ports on each medi ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 459

    Chapter 16-Network Services Polycom, Inc. 16-27 IP Network Monitoring The Signaling Monitor is the RMX entity used for monitori ng the status of external network entities such as the gatekeeper, DNS, SIP pr oxy and Outbound proxy and the ir interaction with the MCU. To monitor sign aling status: 1 In the RMX Management pane, click Sign aling Monito ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 460

    Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide 16-28 Polycom, Inc. 3 Click the H.323 tab. The H.323 tab displays the following fields: IPv6 Scope IP Address Global The Global Unicast IP address of the RMX. Site-Local The IP address of the RMX within the local site or organization. Default Router IP Address T ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 461

    Chapter 16-Network Services Polycom, Inc. 16-29 4 Click th e SIP Servers tab. The SIP Servers tab displays t he following fie lds: Registration Interval The interval in seconds between the Signaling Host’s registration messages to the gatekeeper . This value is taken from either the IP Network Service or from the gate keeper during registration. ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 462

    Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide 16-30 Polycom, Inc. 5 Click the ICE Serv ers tab. The ICE Servers tab displays the following fields: S tatus The connection state between the SIP Server and the Signali ng Host. Not A vailable - No SIP server is available. Auto - Gets information from DHCP , if ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 463

    Chapter 16-Network Services Polycom, Inc. 16-31 St atus 1/2/3/4 A status is displayed for each media card installed in the RMX: • Connection O.K. • MS – register fail • MS – subscribe fail • MS – service fail • Connection failed • User/password failed • Channel didn't receive any packets for 5 seconds • Channel exceeded a ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 464

    Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide 16-32 Polycom, Inc. Using IPv6 Networking Addresses fo r RMX Internal and External Entities IPv6 addresses can be assigned to both RMX ( Internal ) and External En tity addresses. RMX Internal Addresses Default Management Network Service • Control Unit • Sig ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 465

    Chapter 16-Network Services Polycom, Inc. 16-33 Configuration Requirement s LAN Redundancy is available by default and is enabled by connecting the appropriate LAN cables to the LAN ports on the RMX as follows: RealPresence Collabora tion Serv er (RMX) 1500 • Connect the additional LAN cable to LAN 1 port on the RTM IP. RealPresence Collabora tio ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 466

    Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide 16-34 Polycom, Inc. • LAN 1 port can be used to define a second Network Service or for LAN Redundancy Figure 16-1 RealPresence Col laboration Server (RMX) 1500 - RTM IP 1500 on Rear Panel On the RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 2000 and RealPresence Col ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 467

    Chapter 16-Network Services Polycom, Inc. 16-35 Signaling and Management Redundancy RealPresence Collabora tion Serv er (RMX) 1500 On the RealPresence Collabor ation Server (RMX) 1500, for Signaling and Management Redundancy , the MNG port is redundant to the MNG B port and must have a LAN cable connected. Figure 16-3 RealPresence Co llaboration Se ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 468

    Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide 16-36 Polycom, Inc. Hardware Monitor Indications When LAN Redundancy is enabl ed on the RMX, LAN 2 port is Active. With LA N redundancy, when LAN LEDs are lit they indicate that a physical connect ion of the cables is present but does not indicate their activity ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 469

    Chapter 16-Network Services Polycom, Inc. 16-37 Three Network Traffic C ontrol Flags are added: • ENABLE_TC_PACKAGE When the flag is set to NO (default), N etwork Traffic Cont rol is disabled on the RMX. Set the flag to YES to enable Network Traffic Control. • TC_BURST_SIZE This flag re gulates the Traffi c Control buffer or maxburst size as a ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 470

    Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide 16-38 Polycom, Inc. RealPresence Collaboration Se rver (RMX) Network Port Usage The following table summarizes the port numbers and their usage in the Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 : T able 16-23 RMX Network Port Usage Summary Co ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 471

    Chapter 16-Network Services Polycom, Inc. 16-39 Alternative SIP server 5060 60000 UDP , TCP Connection to the alternate SIP Server . Sometimes port 60000 is used when the system cannot reuse the TCP port. This port can be set in the Central signaling (CS) configuration fil e. Y es - in th e IP service. SIP Outbound proxy 5060 60000 UDP , TCP Connec ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 472

    Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide 16-40 Polycom, Inc. ISDN/PSTN Network Services To enable ISDN and PSTN participants to connect to the MCU, an ISDN/PSTN Network Service must be defined. A maximum of tw o ISDN/PSTN Networ k Services, of the same Span Type (E1 or T1) can be defined for the RMX. E ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 473

    Chapter 16-Network Services Polycom, Inc. 16-41 Adding/Modifying ISDN/PSTN Network Services The system administrator can use the RMX Management – ISDN/P STN Network Services section of the RealPresence Collaboration Server Web Client to add a second ISDN/PSTN Network Service or m odify the first ISDN/PSTN Network Service. Obt aining ISDN/PSTN req ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 474

    Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide 16-42 Polycom, Inc. The Fast Configuration Wizard sequence begins with the ISDN/PSTN dialog box: 3 Define the following par ameters: 4 Click Next . T able 16-24 ISDN Service Settings Field Description Network Service Name S pecify the service provider ’s (carr ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 475

    Chapter 16-Network Services Polycom, Inc. 16-43 The PRI Settings dialog box is displayed: 5 Define the following parameter s: T able 16-25 PRI Settings Field Description Default Num T ype Select the Default Num T y pe from the list. The Num T ype defines how the system handles the dial ing digits. For example, if you type eight dialing digits, the ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 476

    Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide 16-44 Polycom, Inc. 6 Click Next . The Span Definition dialog box is displayed: Dial-out Prefix Enter the prefix that the PBX requires to dial out. Leave this field blank if a dial-out prefix is not required. The field can contain be empty (blank) or a numeric v ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 477

    Chapter 16-Network Services Polycom, Inc. 16-45 7 Click Next . The Phones dialog is displ ayed. 8 To define dial-in number ranges click the Add button. 9 The Add Phone Numb er dialog box opens. 10 Define the following parameter s: Line Coding Select the PRI line coding method from the list. • For T1 spans, default is B8ZS. • For E1 spans, defau ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 478

    Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide 16-46 Polycom, Inc. 11 Click OK . The new range is added to the Dial-in Phone Numbers table. 12 Optional . Repeat steps 8 to 10 to define additi onal dial-in ranges. 13 Enter the MCU CLI (Calling Line Identification). In a dial-in connections, the MCU CLI indica ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 479

    Chapter 16-Network Services Polycom, Inc. 16-47 16 Attach spans to existing Network Services, by marking the appropriate check boxes in the Attached field. Each ISDN/PSTN card can suppo rt 7 E1 or 9 T1 PRI lines. 17 Click Save & Cl ose . Modifying an ISDN/PSTN Network Service To Modify an ISDN /PSTN Network Service: 1 In the RMX Management pane ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 480

    Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide 16-48 Polycom, Inc. — Spans • Attached All other ISDN Properties can only be modified only by deleting the ISDN/PSTN network service and cre ating a new PSTN service using the Fast Configuration Wizard. For more information, see " To Add an ISDN/PSTN Ne ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 481

    Chapter 16-Network Services Polycom, Inc. 16-49 RealPresence Collabor ation Server (RMX ) 1500/RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 4000 On the RealPresence Collabor ation Server (RMX) 1500 and RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 4000, Media, S ignaling and Management Networks are physically separated to provide enhanced security. The IP Ne ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 482

    Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide 16-50 Polycom, Inc. Figure 16-5 RealPres ence Collaboration Server (RMX) 4000 - Multiple Network T opology Sample Guidelines • Multiple Services system mode is a purch a sable option and it is enabled in the MCU license. • Multiple Services system mode is en ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 483

    Chapter 16-Network Services Polycom, Inc. 16-51 • On the RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500, up to two Network Services, one per LAN port, can be associ ated with each Media card. • On the RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 200 0/RealPresence Collaborat ion Server (RMX) 4000, RTM ISDN or RTM LAN can be used for Multiple Services ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 484

    Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide 16-52 Polycom, Inc. • Participants are associated with a Networ k Service and use it resources as follows : — Dial-in participants - according to the netw ork used to place the call and connect to the RMX. — Dial-out particip ant - according to the Network ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 485

    Chapter 16-Network Services Polycom, Inc. 16-53 Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Getting Started Guide Ge tting Starte d Guide, " Gather Network Equipment and Address Information” on page 2-1 . 2 Hardware Installation and Setup — Mount the RMX in a rack. For more details see the RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/40 ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 486

    Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide 16-54 Polycom, Inc. 4 Modify the required System Flag to enable Multiple Services, DO NOT reset the MCU yet. 5 Connect the additional network cables to the RMX and change existing connections to match the required configurat ion as described in the " RealPr ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 487

    Chapter 16-Network Services Polycom, Inc. 16-55 RealPresence Collaborati on Server (RMX) Ha rdware Inst allation RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 4000 Multiple Services Configuration Connecting the cables to the RTM IP 4000: The following cables are connected to the RTM IP on the rear panel of the RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 4000 ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 488

    Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide 16-56 Polycom, Inc. Connecting th e cables to the RTM LAN: Figure 16-6 shows the cables connected to th e Re alPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 4000 rear panel, when one RTM ISDN and thr ee RTM LAN cards are installed provid ing IP and ISDN connectivity. The ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 489

    Chapter 16-Network Services Polycom, Inc. 16-57 RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 2000 Multiple Services Configuration Connecting the cables to the RTM IP: The following cables are connected to the RTM IP on the rear panel of the RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 2000: Connecting the cabl es to the RTM LAN: If one LAN port per RTM ISDN/ ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 490

    Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide 16-58 Polycom, Inc. Figure 16-7 shows the cables connected to th e RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 2000 rear panel, when two RTM LAN cards are installed providing IP connectivity. In this case, only one IP network Service can be associated with each RTM ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 491

    Chapter 16-Network Services Polycom, Inc. 16-59 System Flags and License Settings The MULTIPLE_SERVICES System Flag det ermines wh ether the Mu ltiple Servi ces option will be activated once the appropriate license is ins talled. Possible Values: YES / NO Default: NO This flag must be manually added to the system configuration and set to YES to ena ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 492

    Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide 16-60 Polycom, Inc. The New IP Service - Networking IP dialog box opens. 3 Define the following fields: T able 16-36 IP Network Service - IP Param eters Field Description Network Service Name Enter the IP Network Service name. Note: This field is displayed in al ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 493

    Chapter 16-Network Services Polycom, Inc. 16-61 Media Card 1 Port 1 IP Address If only one network is connected to this media card, it is enough to assign one media card to this Network Service. In such a case, enter one IP address for the media card according to the LAN Port used for the connection. If each of the LAN ports on one m edia card is u ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 494

    Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide 16-62 Polycom, Inc. 4 Optional. Some system flags can be defined per Network Service, depending on the network environ ment. To modify these flags, cli ck the Service Config uration button. The Service Configuration dialog box opens. All the flags must be manual ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 495

    Chapter 16-Network Services Polycom, Inc. 16-63 — SIP_FREE_VIDEO_RESOURC ES — FORCE_CIF_PORT_ALLOCATION — MS_ENVIRONMENT — SIP_FAST_UPDATE_I NTERVAL_ENV — SIP_FAST_UPDATE_INTERVAL_EP — H263_ANNEX_T — H239_FORCE_CAPABILITIES — MIX_LINK_ENVIRONMENT — IP_LINK_ENVIRONMENT — FORCE_STATI C_MB_ENCODIN G — FORCE_RESOLUTION — SEND_WI ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 496

    Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide 16-64 Polycom, Inc. 8 Modify the following fields: 9 Click the Gatekeepe r tab. 10 Define the Primary and Alternate Gatekeepers and at least one Al ias for this network Service. The field definitions of the Gatekeeper tab are the same as for the Default IP Netwo ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 497

    Chapter 16-Network Services Polycom, Inc. 16-65 13 Click th e SIP Servers tab. 14 Define the Primary and Alternate SIP Server for this network Service. The field definitions of the SIP Servers ta b are the same as for the Default IP Network Service . For more information see the RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/ 4000 Administrator? ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 498

    Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide 16-66 Polycom, Inc. To designate an IP Network Service as t he default IP Network Service: 1 In the Device Management pane, click IP Network Services () . 2 In the Network Services list pane right-click the IP Network Service to be set as the default, and the n ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 499

    Chapter 16-Network Services Polycom, Inc. 16-67 Conference Profile Registration of conferencing en tities such as ongoing confer ences, Meeting Rooms, Entry Queues, SIP Factories and Gateway Sessions wi th SIP servers is done per conferencing entity. This allows better control on the number of entities that register with each SIP server by selectin ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 500

    Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide 16-68 Polycom, Inc. Gateway Profiles To enable the RMX to call the destination endpoint/MCU via IP connection, the Network Service for the call must be selected in the Gate way Profile di alog box. The Network Service set as default is used if no other Network S ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 501

    Chapter 16-Network Services Polycom, Inc. 16-69 Signaling Monitor The Signaling Monitor pane includes the list of the IP Network Services defined in the system (up to two in the RealPresence Co llaboration Server (RMX) 1500/RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 2000 and up to four in the RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 4000). Double-click ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 502

    Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide 16-70 Polycom, Inc. Reserving Video Res ources for a Conference When defining a new ongoing conference or a conference reservation, you can select the Network Service that will be used to reserve th e required resources. If no Network S ervice is selected, the d ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 503

    Chapter 16-Network Services Polycom, Inc. 16-71 Resource Report The Resource Report displays the resource usage in total and per Network Service in a table format. The Resources pe r Service table provid es the actual information on resource usage and availability per network Service and prov ides an accurate snapshot of resources usage in the syst ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 504

    Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide 16-72 Polycom, Inc. NA T (Network Address T ranslation) T raversal NAT Traversal is a set of techniques enabling partic ipants behind firewalls to connect to conferences, hosted on the RMX , remotely us ing the internet . Session Border Controller (SBC) All sign ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 505

    Chapter 16-Network Services Polycom, Inc. 16-73 Business to Business Connections The following Business to Business connection call flow options are supported: SIP / H.323 No SAM Only  No H.323 T able 16-40 Remote Connection (Continue d) Enterprise Client CMA Client Environment Registered SBC Registered Environment T able 16-41 Business to Busin ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 506

    Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide 16-74 Polycom, Inc. FW (Firewall) NA T Keep Alive The RMX can be configured to send a FW NAT keep alive message at specific Intervals for the RTP, UDP and BFCP channels. This is necessary because port mappings in th e firewall are kept open only if there is netw ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 507

    Polycom, Inc. 17-1 17 IVR Services Interactive Voice Response (IVR) is an applicat ion that allows participants to communicat e with the conferencing system vi a their endpoint’s input device (such as a remote control). The IVR Service includes a set of voice prom pts and a video slide used to automate the participants connection to a conference ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 508

    Polycom RealPresence Coll aboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 17-2 Polycom, Inc. The list pane dis plays the Conference IVR Services list and the total nu mber of IVR services currently defined in the system. IVR Services T oolbar The IVR Services toolbar provid es quick access to the IVR Se rvice definitions as follows: IVR T oolbar IVR Service ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 509

    Chapter 17-IVR Services Polycom, Inc. 17-3 Adding Languages You can define different sets of audio prom pts in different languages, allowing the participants to hear the messag es in their preferred language. The RMX is shipped with a default language (English) and all the prompts and messages required for the default IVR Services, conf erence and ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 510

    Polycom RealPresence Coll aboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 17-4 Polycom, Inc. The New Language dialog box opens. 5 In the New L anguage box, enter the name of the new language. The language name can be typed in Unicode and ca nnot start with a digi t. Maximum field length is 31 characters. 6 Click OK . The new language is added to the list of ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 511

    Chapter 17-IVR Services Polycom, Inc. 17-5 Table 17-2 l ists the Message Types for e ach category: 6 Click Upload File to upload th e appropriate audi o file to the MC U. The Install File dialog box opens. 7 Enter the file name or click the Browse button to select the audio file to upload. The Select Source File dialog box opens. T able 17-2 IVR Me ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 512

    Polycom RealPresence Coll aboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 17-6 Polycom, Inc. 8 Select the appropriate *.wav audio file, and then click the Open button. The name of the selected file is displayed in the In stall field in the Install Fi le dialog box. 9 Optional. You can pl ay a .wav file by selecting the Pl ay button ( ). 10 Click Yes to uplo ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 513

    Chapter 17-IVR Services Polycom, Inc. 17-7 2 Define the following parameter s: T able 17-3 Confere nce IVR Service Properties - Global Parameters Field/Option Description Conference IVR Service Name Enter the name of the Conference IVR Service. The maximum field length is 20 characters and may be typed in Unicode. Language For IVR Select the langua ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 514

    Polycom RealPresence Coll aboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 17-8 Polycom, Inc. 3 Click the Welcome tab. The New Conference IVR Service - Welco me dialog box opens. 4 Select the Enable Welcome Messages check box to define the system behavior when the participant enters the Conference IVR queu e. When participants access a conference through an ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 515

    Chapter 17-IVR Services Polycom, Inc. 17-9 7 Click th e Conference Chairperson tab. The New Conference IVR Service - Conference Chairperson dialog box opens. 8 Select the Enable Chairperson Messages check box to enable the chairper son functionality. If this feature is di sabled, participants are not able to connect as the chairperson. 9 Select the ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 516

    Polycom RealPresence Coll aboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 17-10 Polycom, Inc. 10 Click the Conference Password tab. The New Conference IVR Service - Conference Password dialog box opens. 11 Select the Enable Password Messages check box to request the conference passw ord before moving the participant from the conference IVR queue to the conf ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 517

    Chapter 17-IVR Services Polycom, Inc. 17-11 14 Click th e General tab. The New Conference IVR Service - General dialog box opens. The General dialog box lists messages that are played during the conference. These messages are played when participants or the conference chairperson perform various operations or when a change occurs. 15 To assign the ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 518

    Polycom RealPresence Coll aboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 17-12 Polycom, Inc. Change Password Failure A message played when the participant enters an invalid password, for example when a password is already in use. Change Passwords Menu This voice menu is played when the participants request s to change the conference password. This message ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 519

    Chapter 17-IVR Services Polycom, Inc. 17-13 18 Click th e Roll Call tab. The New Conference IVR Service - Roll Call dialog box opens. The Roll Call fe ature of the Conf erence IVR Service is used to recor d the participan ts’ names for playback when the particip ants join and leave a conference. Roll Call announcements played upon a part icipant? ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 520

    Polycom RealPresence Coll aboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 17-14 Polycom, Inc. tones: Entry Tone and Exit tone. When the Tone Notifications option is enabled, no recording of the part icipant names will occu r and the conference chairperson will not be able to ask for a name review during the conference. From version 7.6, the selection of ton ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 521

    Chapter 17-IVR Services Polycom, Inc. 17-15 If Enable Tone Notifications option is selected: 22 Select the Entry Tone or Exit tone: a Click the appropriate table entry in the Message File column. A drop-down list is enabled. Roll Call Joined A voice message stating that th e particip ant has joined the conference . Note: In versions prior to 7.6, w ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 522

    Polycom RealPresence Coll aboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 17-16 Polycom, Inc. b From the list, sel ect the audio file to be assigned to the event/indication. 23 Click the Video Services tab. The New Conference IVR Service - Video Services dialog box opens. In addition to the low and high resolution sl ides included in the de fault slide set, ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 523

    Chapter 17-IVR Services Polycom, Inc. 17-17 — The source images for the high resolution slide s must be in *.bmp or *.jpg format. — If the uploaded slides are not of the exact SD or HD resolution, a n error message is displayed and the slides are automatically cropped or enlarged to the right size. — If a slide tha t is selected in an IVR Ser ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 524

    Polycom RealPresence Coll aboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 17-18 Polycom, Inc. 25 If the video slide file was not uploaded to the MCU prior to the IVR Service definition, click the : — Add Slid e - Low Resolution button to upload a Low Resolution Slide . — Add Slide - High Resolu tion button to upload a High Resolu tion Slide . The Instal ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 525

    Chapter 17-IVR Services Polycom, Inc. 17-19 26 Click th e DTMF Codes tab. The New Conference IVR Service - DTMF Codes dialog box opens. • This dialog box lists the default DTMF co des for the various functions that can be performed during the conference by al l participants or by the chairperson. T able 17-10 New Conference IVR Service Properties ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 526

    Polycom RealPresence Coll aboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 17-20 Polycom, Inc. 27 To modify the DTMF code or permission: a In the DTMF Code column, in the appropriate entry enter the new code. b In the Permission column, sele ct from the list who can use this feature (Everyone or just the Chairperson ). Invite Participant *72 Everyone Disconn ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 527

    Chapter 17-IVR Services Polycom, Inc. 17-21 28 Click th e Operator Assistance tab. The Operator Assistance dialog box opens. 29 Select Enable Operator Assistance to en able operator as sistance when the participant requires or requests help during the connect ion process to the conference or during the conference. 30 In the Operator Assistance Indi ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 528

    Polycom RealPresence Coll aboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 17-22 Polycom, Inc. The New Entry Queue IVR Service - Global dialog box opens. 3 Fill in the following parameters: T able 17-1 1 Entry Queue IVR Service Properties - Global Parameters Option De scription Entry Queue Service Name (Mandatory) Enter the name of th e Entry Queue Service. ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 529

    Chapter 17-IVR Services Polycom, Inc. 17-23 4 Click th e Welcome tab. The New Entry Queue IVR Service - Welcome dialog box opens. 5 Define the appropriate parameters . T his dialog box contains op tions that are identical to those in the Conference IVR Service - Welcome Message dialog box. For more information about these para meters, see Table 17- ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 530

    Polycom RealPresence Coll aboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 17-24 Polycom, Inc. — In the Message File column, click the table entry, and then select the appropriate audio message. 9 Click the Genera l tab. The New Entry Queue IVR Service - General dialog box opens. The administrator can enable an audio messag e that informs the participant o ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 531

    Chapter 17-IVR Services Polycom, Inc. 17-25 11 Click th e Video Services tab. The New Entry Queue IVR Service - Video Service s dialog box opens. 12 In the Video Welcome Slide list , select the video slide that will be display ed to participants connecting to the Entry Queue. Th e slide list includes the video slides that were previously uploaded t ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 532

    Polycom RealPresence Coll aboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 17-26 Polycom, Inc. 16 Select Enable Operator Assistance to enable operator assistance when the participant requires or requests help during the connection process. 17 In the Operator Assistance Indication Message field, select the aud io message to be playe d when the participant req ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 533

    Chapter 17-IVR Services Polycom, Inc. 17-27 Alternativel y, in the Conference IVR Services list, right-click the Entry Queue IVR Service and then select Set De fault Entr y Queue IVR Servic e . The default Entry Queue IVR Service is displaye d in bold, indicating that it is the current default service. Modifying the Conference or Entr y Queue IVR S ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 534

    Polycom RealPresence Coll aboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 17-28 Polycom, Inc. 2 In the IVR Services list toolbar, click th e Replace/Change Music File ( ) button . The Install Music File window opens. 3 Click the Browse button to select the audio file (*.wav) to upload . The Open dialog box opens. 4 Select the appropriate audio *.wav file an ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 535

    Chapter 17-IVR Services Polycom, Inc. 17-29 To define the format sett ings for audio messages: 1 On your PC, click Start > Programs > Accessories > Entertainment > Sound Recorder . The Sound–Sound Recorder dialog box opens. 2 To define the recording format, click Fi le > Properties . The Properties for Sound dialog box opens. 3 Cli ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 536

    Polycom RealPresence Coll aboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 17-30 Polycom, Inc. 6 To save this format, click the Save As button. The Save As dialog box opens. 7 Select the location where the format will re side, enter a name and then click OK . The system returns to the S ound Selection dialog box. 8 Click OK . The system returns to the Pr ope ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 537

    Chapter 17-IVR Services Polycom, Inc. 17-31 The Save As dialog box opens. 7 Verify that the Format reads: PCM 16.000 kHz, 16Bit, Mono . If the format is correct, continue with step 10. If the format is incorrect, click the Change button. The Sound Selection dialog box is displa yed. 8 In the Name field, select the name of the format created in step ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 538

    Polycom RealPresence Coll aboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 17-32 Polycom, Inc. Creating a Welcome V ideo Slide The video slide is a still picture that can be created in any graphic appl ication. To create a welcome video slide: 1 Using any graphic application, sav e your image in either *.jpg or *.bmp file format. 2 For optimum quality, ensur ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 539

    Chapter 17-IVR Services Polycom, Inc. 17-33 Inviting Particip ant s using DTMF A participant in a video or audi o conference can invite another participant to the conference using the touch-tone DTMF numeric keypad on the participant’s endpoint. You can invite a participant using various communication device s, such as a mobile phone, an IP phone ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 540

    Polycom RealPresence Coll aboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 17-34 Polycom, Inc. defined in the IVR Services - Global tab, the system will atte mpt to receive the required input. When all the retries have f ailed, the call t o the invited partici pant is cancell ed. Guidelines • Participants can be invited to CP and VSW conferences. • All n ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 541

    Chapter 17-IVR Services Polycom, Inc. 17-35 The Conference IVR Services - General tab is di splayed. 3 In the Message File column of the Invite Participant entry, click the drop-down arrow and select the required voice message. The file Enter_Dest ination_Numbe r.wav that is shipped with the sy stem can be used for thi s message. To upl oad a new f ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 542

    Polycom RealPresence Coll aboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 17-36 Polycom, Inc. 5 Define the following par ameters: 6 Click the DTMF Code s tab. The I VR Services - DTMF Codes tab is displayed . 7 Make sure that Invite Participant and Disconnect Invited Participant have DTMF Codes assigned to them. Default system values are *72 ( Invite Partic ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 543

    Chapter 17-IVR Services Polycom, Inc. 17-37 8 If required, determine who can invite other participants to the conference using DTMF codes by changing the permissions to either Chairperson or Everyone . 9 Click OK . Disabling the Invite Particip ant Option To disable the Invite P articipant opti on: 1 From the IVR Services - DTMF Codes tab, delete t ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 544

    Polycom RealPresence Coll aboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 17-38 Polycom, Inc. First to Join “Y ou are the first person to join the conference.” First to Join.wav Mute All On “Al l conference participants are now muted.” Mute_All_On.wav Mute All Off “Al l conference participants are now unmuted.” Mute_All_Off.wav End Time Alert ? ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 545

    Chapter 17-IVR Services Polycom, Inc. 17-39 Participant Help Menu “The available touch-tone keypad actions are as follows: • T o exit this menu press any ke y . • T o request private assistance, press star , zero. • T o mute your line, press star , six. • T o unmute your lin e, press pound, six. • T o increase your volume, press star , ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 546

    Polycom RealPresence Coll aboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 17-40 Polycom, Inc. V olume Control of IVR Messages, Music and Roll Call The volume of IVR music, IVR messages and Roll Call is controlled by the following system flags: • IVR_MUSIC_VOLUME • IVR_MESSAGE_VOLUME • IVR_ROLL_CALL_VOLUME To control the volume of IVR music, messages a ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 547

    Polycom, Inc. 18-1 18 The Call Det ail Record (CDR) Utility The Call Detail Record (CDR) utility enables you to view s ummary information a bout conferences, and retrieve full conference inform ation and archive it to a fi le. The file can be used to produce reports or can be ex ported to external billing programs. The Polycom RealPresence Collabor ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 548

    Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide 18-2 Polycom, Inc. The following is a sample of an unforma tted CDR file: Figure 18-1 U nformatted CDR File • Formatted text – Formatted CDR files contain multiple sections. The first section in each file contains general conference data. The remaining secti ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 549

    Chapter 18-The Call Deta il Record (CDR) Util ity Polycom, Inc. 18-3 Multi-Part CDR Files By default, the maximum CDR (Call Data Reco rd) file size i s limited t o 1MB. When a CDR file reaches a size of 1 MB the file is s aved an d further call data recording is stopped and the additional data is lost. T h e RM X c a n b e c o nf ig u r e d to k e ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 550

    Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide 18-4 Polycom, Inc. V iewing, Retrieving and Arch iving Conference Information V iewing the Conference Records To open the CDR utility: •O n t h e RMX Menu , click Administration > CDR . The CDR List pane opens, displaying a list of the conference CDR record ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 551

    Chapter 18-The Call Deta il Record (CDR) Util ity Polycom, Inc. 18-5 Multi-p art CDR File display When the Multi -Part CD R is configured on the RMX , an additional column, Part Index , is added to the CDR li st. The Part Index column displays the CDR file’s sequence in the CDR file set: • CDRs that are up to 1MB consist of a si ngle file. Each ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 552

    Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide 18-6 Polycom, Inc. • Files included in a Multi-Par t CDR file se ts have the same Display Name . The first file of the set is numbered 1 with each additional CDR file numbered in an ascending numeric sequence. Refreshing the CDR List To refresh the CDR list: ? ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 553

    Polycom, Inc. 19-1 19 Gateway Calls The RealPresence Collabo ration Server (RMX) can be used as a gateway that provides connectivity across different physical networks and translates multiple protocols for point- to-point rich media communications. The RMX supports the widest range of vid eo an d audio algorithms. It allows sites with different fra ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 554

    Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide 19-2 Polycom, Inc. • Up to 80 gateway calls (same as conference s) may be run on a fully configured MCU. • Gateway Profiles are included in the Backup and Restore Configuration operations. • CDR files are gener ated for Gateway Sessions in the sam e way as ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 555

    Chapter 19-Gateway Calls Polycom, Inc. 19-3 Dialing from H.323 Endpoints Figure 19-1 Dialing S tring and Call Flow from H.323 En dpoint to One, T wo or Three Endpoints The calling endpoints can dial to one, two or several endp oints (up to ten) in one dialing string. The dialing string includes the following components: [ MCU prefix in GK ] - the p ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 556

    Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide 19-4 Polycom, Inc. Dialing from SIP Endpoints Figure 19-2 Dialing String and Call Flow from SIP Endpoint to One, T wo or Three Endpoints The calling endpoints can dial to one, two or several endpoints (up to ten) in one dialing string. The dialing string incl ud ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 557

    Chapter 19-Gateway Calls Polycom, Inc. 19-5 Optional: [MCU prefix in SIP Proxy][GW Profile ID]*[Destination Number, first participant]*[Destination Number, second participant]**[destination number]......*[Destination Number, tenth participant]@domain name For example, if the GW Profile ID is 2000, the domain name is service. polycom.com, and the de ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 558

    Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide 19-6 Polycom, Inc. To enter an IP addr ess as the dest ination number, replace the periods (.) with asterisks (*) in the format n*n*n*n followed by the # key. For example, if the IP address is 172.22.188.22, enter 172*22*188*22#. Dialing from SIP Endpoints Optio ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 559

    Chapter 19-Gateway Calls Polycom, Inc. 19-7 When the flag is set to NO (default), if the Gatekeeper is not functioning, the RMX dials to the endpoint using the endpoint’s IP address configured in the IP Address field of the New Participant / Participant Properties - General dialog box. If no IP address is def ined in the Participant Properties , ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 560

    Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide 19-8 Polycom, Inc. Enabling or Disabling Direct IP Dialing The direct IP dialing is enabled by default. To disable it, manually add the flags GK_MANDATORY_FOR_CALLS_OUT and GK _MANDATORY_FOR_CAL LS_IN to the System Configurati on - MCMS_PARAMETERS dialog box and ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 561

    Chapter 19-Gateway Calls Polycom, Inc. 19-9 If the call is not completed after trying all possible protocols, the system displays the number that was dialed on the calling endpoint ’s scr een and the reason for not completing the call. For details, see " Connection Indications” on page 19-22 . Dialing from ISDN/PSTN Endpo ints Figure 19-4 ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 562

    Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide 19-10 Polycom, Inc. Calling an IP Endpoint via Gateway If the call destination is an IP endpoint, th e e ndpoints must be registered to the same gatekeeper to which the RMX is registered. Th ere should be a mapping between the dial-in numbers in the range define ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 563

    Chapter 19-Gateway Calls Polycom, Inc. 19-11 For more details on Dialing Rules definition in the CMA, see the Polycom CMA System Operations Guide, “Dial Rule Operations” . Gateway Redial or Redialing Gateway Calls Additional Redial options and IVR messages have been included for Gateway Calls to numbers that are wrong, addi ng functionality to ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 564

    Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide 19-12 Polycom, Inc. The user receiv es the Redial on Wrong Number IVR message: “ Incorrect destination. Please enter the destination number ”. If all the redial attempts fail the user receives the Disconnect on Wrong Number IVR message: “ Destinat ion coul ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 565

    Chapter 19-Gateway Calls Polycom, Inc. 19-13 Disconnect on W rong Number In previous versions, if a call failed due to no answer at the d estination, the call was disconnected with no notification. When using this version, the user receives the Disconnect on Wrong Number IVR message: “Incorrect Destination Number” followed by Reorder Tone . The ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 566

    Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide 19-14 Polycom, Inc. Defining the IVR Service for Gateway Calls The system is shipped with a default Conference IVR Services for gateway calls named GW IVR Service that enables you to run gateway calls without defining a new Conference IVR Service. This IVR Servi ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 567

    Chapter 19-Gateway Calls Polycom, Inc. 19-15 10 For a gateway IVR Service, select the audio file for the foll owing message types: 11 When defining a gateway IVR Service, it is recommended that the Roll Call option remains disabled. 12 Click th e Video Services tab. The New Conference IVR Service - Video Services dialog box opens. 13 Define the fol ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 568

    Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide 19-16 Polycom, Inc. 14 Click the DTMF Code s tab. The New Conference IVR Service - DTMF Codes dialog box opens. 15 If required, modify the DTMF codes or permissions. Fo r more details see " New Conference IVR Service Properties - DTMF Codes” on page 17-19 ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 569

    Chapter 19-Gateway Calls Polycom, Inc. 19-17 Defining the C onference Profile for Gateway Calls The Conference Profile that will be later a ssigned to the Gateway Profile determine the parameters of the gateway call , such as th e line rate and video resolution and if to automatically terminate the gateway session wh en one participant or no partic ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 570

    Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide 19-18 Polycom, Inc. Defining the Gateway Profile A Gateway Profile is a conferencing entity, ba sed on the Conference Profile assigned to it, that enables endpoints to dial-in and initiate Gateway Sessions . The system is shipped with a default Gateway P rofile, ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 571

    Chapter 19-Gateway Calls Polycom, Inc. 19-19 3 Define the following paramet ers: T able 19-6 New Gateway Profile Propertie s Option Description Display Name Enter a uni que-per-MCU name for the Gate way Profile in native language character sets to be displayed in the RealPrese nce Collaboration Server Web Client. The system automatically generates ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 572

    Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide 19-20 Polycom, Inc. IP Network Service Select the IP Network Service to be us ed with this Gateway . If this is not selected the default IP Network Service will be used. Enable ISDN/PSTN Access Select this check box to allocate dial-in numbers for ISDN/PSTN conn ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 573

    Chapter 19-Gateway Calls Polycom, Inc. 19-21 4 Click OK . The new Gateway Profile is added to the list. System Configuration For details about adding and modifying syst em flags, see RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/40 00 Administrator’s Guide , " Manually Adding and Deleting System Flags” on page 22-18 . Displaying the Co ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 574

    Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide 19-22 Polycom, Inc. Monitoring Ongoing Gateway Sessions Ongoing Gateway Sessions that are created when calling the Gateway Profile, are listed in the ongoing Conferences list pane. Gateway Sessions are monitored in the same way as the conferences. For more detai ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 575

    Chapter 19-Gateway Calls Polycom, Inc. 19-23 • Reject ed - the far endpoint h as rejected the call. In such a case, the system will try to connect using another communication protocol. • Unreached - the number could not be resolved by the gatekeeper or the SIP proxy or could not be found on the network. In such a case, the system will try to co ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 576

    Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide 19-24 Polycom, Inc. When dialing to specific IP endpoints you can simpli fy the dialing process by creating the appropriate Meeting Room. If CMA is involved, dialing can be simplified even further by configuring the appropriate dialing Rule in the CMA. To set up ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 577

    Chapter 19-Gateway Calls Polycom, Inc. 19-25 • ISDN/PSTN access is enabled and a dial-in number is assigned to the Meeting Room. • The dial-out IP endpoi nt is added to the Meeting Room’s Participants list. Dialing to Polycom® DMA™ 7000 Two dialing methods are available to ISDN /PSTN participants calling the DMA : • Direct with aut omati ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 578

    Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide 19-26 Polycom, Inc. In addition, PSTN participants can dial the Gateway IVR and can use the MCU or DM A prefix in the gatekeeper together with the co nfere nce ID/endpoint alias as the destination string to simplify the input. Th is is one of the methods for PST ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 579

    Chapter 19-Gateway Calls Polycom, Inc. 19-27 As part of this solution, the RMX acts as a gateway for the DMA that supports H.323 calls. The PSTN or ISDN endpoint dials the virtual Meeting Room on the DMA via the Gateway Profile on the RMX. Both the RMX and the DMA must be re gistered with the same gatekeeper . The dialing string of the destination ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 580

    Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide 19-28 Polycom, Inc. Figure 20 Call Flow from ISDN End point to Polycom DMA with Automatically Generated Forwarded Dial String Example: Figure 1 shows the call flow as suming the following parameters: First Dial-in Number 5705550 Last Dial-in Number 5705560 Use D ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 581

    Chapter 19-Gateway Calls Polycom, Inc. 19-29 Table 19-7 summarizes the PSTN participant’s DTMF input depending on the flag value. Deploying a Polycom RMX™ Serial Gateway S4GW UC APL Public Key Infrastructure ( PKI ) req uires that the Serial Gateway S4GW be connected directly to the RMX and not to the H.323 network. The Serial Gateway effective ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 582

    Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide 19-30 Polycom, Inc. ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 583

    Polycom, Inc. 20-1 20 RMX Manager Application The RMX Manager is the Windows version of the RealPresence Collaboration Server Web Client. It can be used instead of the RealPrese nce Collaboration Server Web Client for routine RMX management and for RMX management via a modem connection. For more information on using the RMX Manager via a modem conn ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 584

    Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide 20-2 Polycom, Inc. Inst alling the RMX Manager The RMX Manager application can be downloaded from one of the RealPresence Collaboration Server systems ins talled in your site or from Polycom web site at http://www.polycom.com/support . To install RMX Manager (do ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 585

    Chapter 20-RMX Manager Applicati on Polycom, Inc. 20-3 The installer verifies the applicati on’s requirements on the workstation. The Install dialog box is displayed. 3 Click Install . The installation proceeds. The installation completes, the appl ication loads and the RMX Manager - MCUs screen is displayed. The first time you st art the RMX Man ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 586

    Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide 20-4 Polycom, Inc. S t arting the RMX Manager Application Once installe d, the RMX Manager can be run using the http:// (non-secured) or https:// (secured) command in the browser’ s address line or the Windows Start men u. To use the browser: 1 In the browser? ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 587

    Chapter 20-RMX Manager Applicati on Polycom, Inc. 20-5 — Product Type - The MCU type: RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/ RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 2000/RealPresence Co llaboration Server (RMX) 4000. Before connecting to the MCU for the first time, the RMX type is unknown so “RMX” is displaye d instea d as a general in ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 588

    Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide 20-6 Polycom, Inc. If you are connecting to the MCU from the MCUs opening screen and have defined the Username and Password for the connecting MCU, the system connects to the RMX, and the RMX Manager Main Screen is displayed. If you are connecting to any MCU fro ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 589

    Chapter 20-RMX Manager Applicati on Polycom, Inc. 20-7 RMX Manager Main Screen The RMX Manager Main Screen is displayed only when at least one MCU is connected. This screen is similar to the RealPresence Collaboration Se rver Web Client Main Screen with the addition of the MCUs pane. As in the RealPresence Collaboration Ser ver Web Client , the pan ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 590

    Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide 20-8 Polycom, Inc. For each listed MCU, the system displays the following information: •M C U Display Name - the name of the MCU and its icon acco rding to its type and connection status. The foll owing icons are available: • IP Address of the MCU’s contro ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 591

    Chapter 20-RMX Manager Applicati on Polycom, Inc. 20-9 MCUs Toolbar The MCUs toolbar contains the following buttons: Conferences Pane The Conferences pane lists all the ongoing conferences from all the MCUs that are connected and monitored along with their MCU , Status , Conference ID , Start Time and End Time data. The number of ongoing conference ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 592

    Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide 20-10 Polycom, Inc. The RMX Management pane is divided into two sections: • Frequently Used – parameters ofte n configure d monito red or modified. • Rarely Used – parameters configur ed during initia l system set-up and rarely modified afterward. List P ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 593

    Chapter 20-RMX Manager Applicati on Polycom, Inc. 20-11 The Participant Alerts pane is opened and closed by clicking the Participan t Alerts button in the left corner of the Status Bar . Port Usage Gauges The Port Usage gauges display for the selected MCU: • The total number of Video or Voice ports in the system according to the Video/Voice Port ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 594

    Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide 20-12 Polycom, Inc. Adding MCUs to the MCUs List The RMX Manager can connect to one or several RMXs simultaneously. If the site’s configuration includes more than one MCU, or when a new MCU is added to your configuration, and you want to monitor an d control a ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 595

    Chapter 20-RMX Manager Applicati on Polycom, Inc. 20-13 3 Click OK . The MCU is added to the MCUs pane. 4 If required, repeat steps 1-3 to define additional RMX units. The MCUs pane contains the list of all defined MCUs. S t arting a Conferen ce There are several ways to start a conference: • Clicking the New Conference button in the Conferences ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 596

    Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide 20-14 Polycom, Inc. • Dialing in t o an Ad Hoc Entry Queue define d on one of the MCUs which is used as the access point to the MCU. For a detailed description of Ad Hoc En try Queues, see " Entry Queues” on page 7-1 . •S t a r t a Reservation: — If ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 597

    Chapter 20-RMX Manager Applicati on Polycom, Inc. 20-15 If you are the meeting chairperson or organizer using the RealPresence Collaboration Server Web Client to start your own meeting, you need to communicate the default conference ID (or the one you cre ated) to the other conference participants so the y can dial in. You can use the New Conferenc ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 598

    Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide 20-16 Polycom, Inc. St arting an Ongoing Conference or Reservation From a T emplate An ongoing conference or a Reservation can be started from any Conference Template saved in the Conference Templates list of the selected MCU. To start an ongoing conference or a ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 599

    Chapter 20-RMX Manager Applicati on Polycom, Inc. 20-17 Grouping the Particip ant s by MCU The Participants can be grouped by MCU and then by conferences. To change the display mode for the Participants pane: >> On the RMX Menu , click View > Group by MCU . Conferences selected for monitoring Group by Conference MCU Name. can be used for s ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 600

    Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide 20-18 Polycom, Inc. The Participants pane display changes accordingly. To toggle between the two display mod es, click View > Group by MCU. St art Monitorin g/S top Monitoring By default, all conferences runn in g on connected RMXs are monitored. You can stop ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 601

    Chapter 20-RMX Manager Applicati on Polycom, Inc. 20-19 To start monitoring again, click the check box in the Monitored col um n i n t he MCUs pane, or right-clicking the MCU icon and selecting Start Monitoring . Modifying the MCU Properties You can view the currently defined MCU settings, and modify them when required, for example, change the MCU ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 602

    Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide 20-20 Polycom, Inc. b Right-click the MCU icon and then click Disconnect MCU . The MCU icon changes to disconnected and any ongoing conference running on that MCU will not be monitored in this RMX Manager ; they are removed from the Conferences pane. This MCU ca ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 603

    Chapter 20-RMX Manager Applicati on Polycom, Inc. 20-21 The Multilingual Settings dialog box opens, displaying the current language selection. 2 Click the check box of the re quired langua ge. Only one language can be selected. 3 Click OK . 4 Restart the RMX Manager application to implement the language change. Import/Export RMX Manager Configurati ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 604

    Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide 20-22 Polycom, Inc. 2 Click the Browse button to select the location of the save file, or enter the required path in the Export Path box. The selected fi le path is displaye d in the Export Path box. 3 Click OK to export the RMX M anager configuration. To Import ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 605

    Chapter 20-RMX Manager Applicati on Polycom, Inc. 20-23 4 Click OK to import the file. Inst alling RMX Manager for Secure Communication Mode The RMX Manager cannot be downloaded from a site, operating in Secure Communication Mode , without a vali d TLS certificate. The following procedure describes how to obtain a TLS certificate and download the R ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 606

    Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide 20-24 Polycom, Inc. The Security tab is disp layed. d Clear the Secured Communication check box. 2 Click the DNS tab. 3 Enter the Local Domain Name . MCU Host Name Local Domain Name The Local Domain Name must be the same as the MCU Host Name . If the content of ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 607

    Chapter 20-RMX Manager Applicati on Polycom, Inc. 20-25 4 Create a Certificate Reques t . For mo re inform ation, see " Purchasing a Certificate” on page F-2 . Certificates can also be cr eated and issued using an Internal Certificate Authority . For more in formati on see " Using an Internal Certificate Authority” on page 20-27 . 5 I ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 608

    Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide 20-26 Polycom, Inc. The Management Network Properties dialog box is displayed. c Click on the Security tab. The Security tab is disp layed. d Select the Secured Communication check box. e Click OK . ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 609

    Chapter 20-RMX Manager Applicati on Polycom, Inc. 20-27 7 Reset the RMX: a In the RMX Management pane, click the Hardware Monito r button . The Hardware Monitor pane is displayed. b Click the Reset ( ) button. 8 Install the RMX Manager . For more information see "Installing the RMX Manag er” on page 20-2 . Using an Internal Certificate Autho ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 610

    Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide 20-28 Polycom, Inc. The Certificate Export Wizard is displayed. 5 Click the Next button. The Export File Format dialog box is displayed. 6 Select Base-64 encoded X. 509 (.CER) . 7 Click the Next button. ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 611

    Chapter 20-RMX Manager Applicati on Polycom, Inc. 20-29 The File to Export dialog box is displayed. 8 In the File Name field, enter the file nam e for the exp orted cert ificate. 9 Click th e Next button. The fin al Certificate Export Wizard dialog box is displaye d. 10 Click th e Finish button. The successful export message is displa yed. 11 Click ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 612

    Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide 20-30 Polycom, Inc. ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 613

    Polycom, Inc. 21-1 21 RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) Administration and Utilities System and Particip ant Alerts The MCU alerts users to any faults or error s the MCU encountered during operation. Two indication bars labeled System Alerts and Participant Alerts signal users of system errors by blinking red in the event of an alert. The Sys ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 614

    Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide 21-2 Polycom, Inc. System Alert s System Alerts are activated when the system encounters e rrors such as a general or card error. The system errors are recorde d by the RMX and can be generated into a report that can be saved in *.txt format. To view the System ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 615

    Chapter 21-RealPresence Collaboration Serv er (RMX) Administration and Utilities Polycom, Inc. 21-3 For more information about the Active Alarms, see Appendix B: " Alarms and Faults” on page B-1 . 2 Click one of the following two buttons to view its report in the System Alerts pane: 3 To save the Ac tive Alarms, Faults Full List or Faults r ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 616

    Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide 21-4 Polycom, Inc. The Participant Alerts pane opens. 2 To resolve participant issues that created the Participant Alerts , the administrator can either Connect , Disconnect or Delete a participant. RMX T ime To ensure accurate conference scheduling, th e MCU ha ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 617

    Chapter 21-RealPresence Collaboration Serv er (RMX) Administration and Utilities Polycom, Inc. 21-5 T able 21-2 RMX Time – Fiel ds Properties Field Description GMT Date The date at Greenwich, UK. Local Tim e The MCU’s local time settings, are calculated from the GMT Ti me and the GMT Offset . GMT Time The MCU’s current GMT Time settings. Sele ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 618

    Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide 21-6 Polycom, Inc. Resource Management Resource Cap acity The RealPresence Collabor ation Server (RMX) 1500 supports one card type: MPMx. The RealPresence Collabor ation Server (R MX) 2000 can support three card types: MPM, MPM+ and MPMx . The RealPresence Colla ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 619

    Chapter 21-RealPresence Collaboration Serv er (RMX) Administration and Utilities Polycom, Inc. 21-7 Table 21-4 summarizes the resource capacities of fully configured MC Us with the various card types per line rate in VSW Conferencing mode. Resource Cap acity Modes The installed media card type ( MPM , MPM+ or MPMx) determines the Card Configuration ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 620

    Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide 21-8 Polycom, Inc. In Fixed Resource Capacity mode, the maximum number of resources is based on the system license and the hardware config urati on of the RMX. By default, these resources are allocated as HD720p30 resources, the first time Fi xed Resource Capaci ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 621

    Chapter 21-RealPresence Collaboration Serv er (RMX) Administration and Utilities Polycom, Inc. 21-9 AVC Conferencing - Video Switching During a Video Switching conference, each endpoint uses one video (CIF) port. AVC Conferencing - Voice One Audio Only resource is used to connect a single voice participant when CIF resources have been converted to ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 622

    Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide 21-10 Polycom, Inc. V ideo/V oice Port Configurati on The Video/ Voice Port Co nfigurati on enables you to config ure the resources per resource type and if in MPM+ or MPMx System Card Configuration Mode, select the Resource Capacity Mode. Flexible Resource Cap ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 623

    Chapter 21-RealPresence Collaboration Serv er (RMX) Administration and Utilities Polycom, Inc. 21-11 Configuring the Video/V oi ce Resources in MPM Mode To allocate Voice resources: 1 In the RMX menu, click Setup > Video/Voi ce Port Configuration . The Video/Voice Port Configuration dialog box opens. A single slide r is displayed, calibrate d a ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 624

    Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide 21-12 Polycom, Inc. Flexible Resource Cap acity Flexible Resource Capacity is the default resource allocation mode in MPM+ and MPMx Mode and is functionally identical to the MPM Flexible Resource Capacity described abov e . To allocate Audio Only po rts in MPM+ ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 625

    Chapter 21-RealPresence Collaboration Serv er (RMX) Administration and Utilities Polycom, Inc. 21-13 The Video/Voice Port Configuration dialog box opens. Fixed Resource Capacity mode displays five sliders, one for each re source type: Audio Only , CIF , SD , HD 720p 30fps, HD 1 080p / HD 720p 60f ps ( HD 1080p / HD 720p 60fps resources are represen ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 626

    Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide 21-14 Polycom, Inc. On the slider bars, red areas to the left of the blue slider butt ons indicate allocated resources and purple areas to the right of th e blue slider buttons indicate unallocated resources in the system. When the position of a slider is change ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 627

    Chapter 21-RealPresence Collaboration Serv er (RMX) Administration and Utilities Polycom, Inc. 21-15 • Reconfigure the resource allocation. •C l i c k OK to activate the new resource allocation. b Optional. Click the Cancel button to accept the resource allocation. The System Alert remains active. Forcing Video Resource Allo cation to CIF Resol ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 628

    Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide 21-16 Polycom, Inc. 2 In the MCMS_P ARAMETERS ta b , double -click or select the flag FORCE_CIF_PORT_ALLOCATION and click the Edit Flag button. 3 In the New Value field, clear the value entries. 4 Click OK . Reset the MCU for changes to take effect. For more det ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 629

    Chapter 21-RealPresence Collaboration Serv er (RMX) Administration and Utilities Polycom, Inc. 21-17 Resource Report Display in Flexi ble Resource Capacity Mode™ The Resource Report details the current availability an d usage of the system resources for both AVC and SVC-based endpoint, displaying the number of free and occupied audio and video re ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 630

    Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide 21-18 Polycom, Inc. The actual number of occupied or free resource s can also be displayed by moving the cursor over the columns of the bar graph. Moving the cursor over the Video bar displays the following: Port Gauges In Flexible Resource Capacity mode, the Po ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 631

    Chapter 21-RealPresence Collaboration Serv er (RMX) Administration and Utilities Polycom, Inc. 21-19 The Resource Report is displayed as follows: The actual number of occupied or free resource s can also be displayed by moving the cursor over the columns of the bar graph (as explained above for Flexible Resour ce Capacity) . Port Gauges Audio ( Voi ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 632

    Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide 21-20 Polycom, Inc. Table 21-7 lists the ISDN supported bit rates and their re spective participant connection capacities per RTM ISDN card: RMX Resource Management by CMA and DMA When both CMA and DMA are part of the solution, following a request by the CMA and ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 633

    Chapter 21-RealPresence Collaboration Serv er (RMX) Administration and Utilities Polycom, Inc. 21-21 — In Flexible Resource Capacity Mode , CMA/DMA receive information about how many Video ( CIF ) and Audio resources are occupied per c onference or MCU according the request type sent by the CMA and DMA . — In Fixed Resource Capacity™ Mode , D ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 634

    Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide 21-22 Polycom, Inc. SIP Dial-in Busy Notification When the system flag SEND_SIP_BUSY_UP ON_RESOURCE_THRESHOLD is set to YES (NO is the defa ult), it enables the RMX to s end a busy notification to a SIP audio endpoint or a SIP device when dialing in to the RMX w ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 635

    Chapter 21-RealPresence Collaboration Serv er (RMX) Administration and Utilities Polycom, Inc. 21-23 Port Usage Gauges The Port Usage Gauges are displayed in the Status Bar at the bottom of the RMX Web Client screen. The Port Usage gauges indicate: • The total number of Video or Voice ports in the system according to the Video/Voice Port Configur ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 636

    Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide 21-24 Polycom, Inc. Video Ports Gauge •I n Flexible Capacity Mode: All video resource usage is converted to the equivalent CIF resource usage. The fraction displayed i ndicates the exact num ber of vide o resources in use out of the total number of video resou ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 637

    Chapter 21-RealPresence Collaboration Serv er (RMX) Administration and Utilities Polycom, Inc. 21-25 The System Information properties box displays the following information: T able 21-8 System Information Field Description T otal Numb er of CP Resources Displays the numbe r of video participants licensed for the system. Each CP resource represents ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 638

    Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide 21-26 Polycom, Inc. Card Configuration Mode Indicates the MCU con figuration as derived from the installed media cards: • MPM: Onl y MPM cards are supported. MPM+ and MPMx cards in the system are disabled. It is the mode used in previous RMX versions. From V e ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 639

    Chapter 21-RealPresence Collaboration Serv er (RMX) Administration and Utilities Polycom, Inc. 21-27 SNMP (Simple Network Management Protocol) SNMP enables managing and moni toring of the MCU status by external managing systems, such as HP OpenView or through web applications. The RMX’s implementation of SNMPv3 is FIP S 140 compliant. MIBs (Manag ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 640

    Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide 21-28 Polycom, Inc. The Alarm-MIB MIB used to send alarms. Wh en a trap is sent, the Alarm-MIB is used to sen d it. H.341-MIB (H. 341 – H.323) • Gives t he addres s of the gatekeepe r. • Supports H.341-MIB of SNMP event s of H.323. St andard MIBs This sect ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 641

    Chapter 21-RealPresence Collaboration Serv er (RMX) Administration and Utilities Polycom, Inc. 21-29 Unified MIB The RMX uses the Polycom Unified MIB, in addition to the RMX specific MIB. The Polycom Unified MIB is an MIB th at is used by many Polycom products. The fol lowing table describes the information provided by the RM X in the Unified MIB. ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 642

    Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide 21-30 Polycom, Inc. ServiceISDN Integer Indicates the status of SIP capabilities: 1 - The servi ce is enabled an d operational. 2 - The service is enabled but is not opera tional. 3 - The servi ce is disabled. RsrcAllocMode Fixed/ Flexible The resource allocati ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 643

    Chapter 21-RealPresence Collaboration Serv er (RMX) Administration and Utilities Polycom, Inc. 21-31 Tr a p s Three types of traps are sent as follows: 1 ColdStart trap. This is a standard trap which is sent when the MCU is reset. Figure 1 An Example of a ColdS tart T rap 2 Authentication fail ure trap. This is a standard trap which is sent when an ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 644

    Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide 21-32 Polycom, Inc. 3 Alarm Fault trap. The thi rd trap type is a family of traps defined in the POLYCOM- RMX-MIB file, these traps are associated with the RMX active alarm and clearance (proprietary SNMP trap). Figure 3 An Ex ample of an Alarm Fault T rap Each ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 645

    Chapter 21-RealPresence Collaboration Serv er (RMX) Administration and Utilities Polycom, Inc. 21-33 The RMX-SNMP Properties - Agent dialog box is displayed. T h i s d i al o g b o x i s u s ed t o de f i n e t h e ba s i c i n f o rm a ti o n fo r th i s M CU t ha t w i ll b e u s e d by the SNMP system to identify it. 2 In the Agent dialog box, c ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 646

    Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide 21-34 Polycom, Inc. 9 Click the Traps tab. The RMX-SNMP Properties – Traps dialog box opens. Traps are messages sent by the MCU to th e SNMP Managers when events such as MCU Startup or Shutdown occur. Traps may be sent to several SNMP Managers whose IP address ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 647

    Chapter 21-RealPresence Collaboration Serv er (RMX) Administration and Utilities Polycom, Inc. 21-35 11 Click th e Add button to add a new Manager terminal. The New Trap Destinatio n dialog box opens. 12 Type the IP Address and the Community name of the manager terminal used to monitor the MCU activity, and then click OK . The Community name is a s ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 648

    Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide 21-36 Polycom, Inc. The RMX-SNMP Properties – Security dialog box opens. This dialog box is used to define whether the query sent to the MCU is sent from an authorized source. When the “Accept SNMP packets from all Hosts” is disabled, a valid query must co ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 649

    Chapter 21-RealPresence Collaboration Serv er (RMX) Administration and Utilities Polycom, Inc. 21-37 14 Define the following parameter s: T able 21-3 SNMP - Security Field Description Send Authentication Tr a p Select this check box to send a message to the SNMP Manager when an unauthori zed quer y is sent to the MCU. When cleared, no in dication w ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 650

    Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide 21-38 Polycom, Inc. 15 To specifica lly define on e or more va lid termin als, ensure that the Accept SNMP Packets from any Host option is clear ed and then click the Add button. The Accepted Host IP Address dialog box opens. 16 Enter the IP Address of the Manag ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 651

    Chapter 21-RealPresence Collaboration Serv er (RMX) Administration and Utilities Polycom, Inc. 21-39 • Gateway Profiles • IVR services (excluding .wav files) • Rec ording Link •P r o f i l e s • IP Network Settings: — H.323 settings — SIP settings — DNS settings — Fix Ports ( TCP, UDP) set tings — QoS settings Guidelines •B o ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 652

    Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide 21-40 Polycom, Inc. Enabling Hot Backup To enable Hot Backup: 1 On the RMX menu , click Setup > Hot Backup . The RMX Hot Backup dialog box i s displayed. 2 Complete or modify the following field s: 3 Click OK . Using Hot Backup T r iggers Hot Backup is initia ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 653

    Chapter 21-RealPresence Collaboration Serv er (RMX) Administration and Utilities Polycom, Inc. 21-41 Guidelines • Hot Backup triggers sho uld be configured on both the Master and Slave MCUs. • Hot Backup triggers are not synchronized be tween the Master and Slave MCUs. Configuring the Ho t Backup T riggers The Hot Backup trigger s are configure ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 654

    Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide 21-42 Polycom, Inc. 2 Select the appropriate Hot Backup Triggers check boxes: 3 Alternatively, click the Trig ger Failover Manually button when you want to trigger the Hot Backup manually and activate the Slave MCU. A confirmation message is displayed. 4 Click Y ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 655

    Chapter 21-RealPresence Collaboration Serv er (RMX) Administration and Utilities Polycom, Inc. 21-43 Audible Alarms In addition to the visual cues used to detect events occurring on the RMX, an audible alarm can be activated and played when part icipants request Operator Assistance. Using Audible Alarms The Audible Alarm functionality for Operator ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 656

    Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide 21-44 Polycom, Inc. Configuring the Audible Alarms User Customization The operators and administrators can: • Enable/Disable th e Audi ble Alarm. • Select whether to repeat the Audible Alarm. • Define the number of repetitions and the interval between the ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 657

    Chapter 21-RealPresence Collaboration Serv er (RMX) Administration and Utilities Polycom, Inc. 21-45 Replacing the Audible Alarm File Each RMX is shipped with a default tone file in *.wav for mat that plays a specific tone when participants request Operator Assistance. This fi le can be replaced by a *.wav file with your own recording. The file mus ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 658

    Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide 21-46 Polycom, Inc. Multilingual Setting Each supported language is represented by a country flag in the Welcome Screen and can be selected as the language for the RMX Web Client. Customizing the Multilingual Setting The languages available fo r selection in the ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 659

    Chapter 21-RealPresence Collaboration Serv er (RMX) Administration and Utilities Polycom, Inc. 21-47 The Banner Configuration dialog box allo ws the administrator to sel ect a Login Banner from a drop-down menu. One of the the following Login Banners can be selected: • Non-Modifiable Bann ers — Sample 1 — Sample 2 — Sample 3 — Sample 4 ? ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 660

    Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide 21-48 Polycom, Inc. − Communications using, or data stor ed on, this IS are not private, a re subject to routine monitoring, inter ception, and search, and may be disclosed or used for any USG author ized purpose. − This IS includes security measures (e.g., ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 661

    Chapter 21-RealPresence Collaboration Serv er (RMX) Administration and Utilities Polycom, Inc. 21-49 Customizing Banners The Login and Main Screen banners can be customized to display conference information, assistance information or warn ing text as required in the Ultra Secure Mode . To customize the banners: 1 In the RMX menu, click Setup > C ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 662

    Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide 21-50 Polycom, Inc. Banner Display Login Screen Banner The Login screen banner can display any te xt, fo r example the terms and conditions for system usage (default text) that is required in the Ultra Secure Mode . The RMX User must acknowledge that the informa ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 663

    Chapter 21-RealPresence Collaboration Serv er (RMX) Administration and Utilities Polycom, Inc. 21-51 Main Screen Banner The Main Screen banner is displayed at the bottom of the screen, as follows: When the RMX is configured to work in Ultra Secure Mode , such as the Maximum Security environment, the display banner incl udes the following default te ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 664

    Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide 21-52 Polycom, Inc. — Profiles — Reservations — System Flags — Resource Allocation — IVR messages, music — RMX Web Client user setting - fonts, windo ws — RMX Web Client global settings – notes, address book, language — Private keys and certifi ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 665

    Chapter 21-RealPresence Collaboration Serv er (RMX) Administration and Utilities Polycom, Inc. 21-53 Ping RMX The Ping administration tool enables the RMX Signaling Host to te st network connectivity by Pinging IP addresses. Guidelines • The IP addressing mode ca n be either IPv4 o r IPv6. • Both explicit IP addr esses and Host Na mes are suppo ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 666

    Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide 21-54 Polycom, Inc. Notification Settings The RMX can display notifications when: • A new RMX user connects to the MCU. • A new conference is started. • Not all defined participants are connected to the conference or when a single participant is connected. ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 667

    Chapter 21-RealPresence Collaboration Serv er (RMX) Administration and Utilities Polycom, Inc. 21-55 2 Enable / Disable All Notifications or Custom to select specific notifications to display. 3 Click OK . Logger Diagnostic Files The Logger utility is a troubleshooting tool that continua lly records MCU system messages and sav es t hem to fi le s i ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 668

    Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide 21-56 Polycom, Inc. The following tasks can be performed: When retrieved, the log file name structu re is as follows: • Sequence number (starting with 1) • Date and Time of first message • Date and Time of last message •F i l e s i z e • Special inform ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 669

    Chapter 21-RealPresence Collaboration Serv er (RMX) Administration and Utilities Polycom, Inc. 21-57 4 Click th e Retrieve Files button. The log files (in *.txt format ) are saved to the de fined directory and a confirmation caption box is displayed indicating a successful retrieval of the log fi les. Viewing the Logger Files: To analyze the log fi ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 670

    Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide 21-58 Polycom, Inc. The data collected is saved into a s ingle compre ssed file containing all the information from each system component in its relative format (.txt, .xml, etc...). In case the disk is malfunctioning, the file will be wr itten to the RAM (invol ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 671

    Chapter 21-RealPresence Collaboration Serv er (RMX) Administration and Utilities Polycom, Inc. 21-59 S tep 1: Creating the Informati on Collector Compressed File To create the compressed file: 1 In the RMX menu, click Administration > Tools > Informa tion Collecto r . The Information Collector dialog box is displayed. 2 In the From Date and U ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 672

    Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide 21-60 Polycom, Inc. St ep 2: Saving th e Compressed File 1 The compressed file is automatically saved in the dire ctory selected i n the Information Collector dialog box. The file is named info.t gz . A success information box is display ed. 2 Click the OK butto ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 673

    Chapter 21-RealPresence Collaboration Serv er (RMX) Administration and Utilities Polycom, Inc. 21-61 Auditor Files Auditor Event History File Storage All audit events are saved to a bu ffer file on hard disk in r eal time and then written to a file on hard disk in XML in an un compressed format. A new current auditor event file is created when: • ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 674

    Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide 21-62 Polycom, Inc. — Size (Bytes) — First Message – date and time of the first audit event in the file — Last Message – date and time of the last audit event in the file — StartUp: • True – file was created when the system was started • False ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 675

    Chapter 21-RealPresence Collaboration Serv er (RMX) Administration and Utilities Polycom, Inc. 21-63 If you previous ly double clicked an Auditor Event File in the Auditor Files list, that file is automatically opened. The following fields are displayed for each event: Event List (ID) Response T ransaction Tr e e Request T ransaction Tr e e Local F ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 676

    Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide 21-64 Polycom, Inc. The order of the Audito r File Viewer field header columns can be changed and the fields can be sorted and filtered to faci litate different analysis methods. 2 In the event list, click the events or use the keyboard’s Up-arrow and Down-arr ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 677

    Chapter 21-RealPresence Collaboration Serv er (RMX) Administration and Utilities Polycom, Inc. 21-65 Audit Event s Alert s and Fault s Table 1 lists Alerts and Faults that are recorded by the Auditor . T able 21- 13 Alerts and Faults Event Attempt to exceed the maximum number of management session per user Attempt to exceed the maximum number of ma ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 678

    Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide 21-66 Polycom, Inc. T ransactions Table 2 lists Transactions that are recorded by the Audit or . Restoring Factory Defaults. Secured SIP communication failed. Session disconnected without logout SSH is enabled. System Configuration modified. System is starting. ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 679

    Chapter 21-RealPresence Collaboration Serv er (RMX) Administration and Utilities Polycom, Inc. 21-67 TRANS_ISDN_SERVICE:SET_DEF AUL T_ISDN_SERVICE TRANS_ISDN_SERVICE :UP DA TE_ISDN_SERVICE TRANS_MCU:BEGIN_RECEIVING_VERSION TRANS_MCU:COLLECT_INFO TRANS_MCU:CREA TE_DIRECTOR Y TRANS_MCU:FINISHED_TRANSFER_VERSION TRANS_MCU:LOGIN TRANS_MCU:LOGOUT TRANS_ ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 680

    Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide 21-68 Polycom, Inc. ActiveX Byp ass At sites that, for security reasons, do not pe rmit Microsoft® ActiveX® to be installed, the MSI (Windows Ins taller File ) utility can be use d to install .NET F ramework and .NET Security Settings components on workstation ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 681

    Chapter 21-RealPresence Collaboration Serv er (RMX) Administration and Utilities Polycom, Inc. 21-69 Resetting the RMX System Reset saves system confi guration changes and restarts the system with the latest settings. To reset the RMX: 1 In the RMX Management pane, click the Har dware Monitor button . The Hardware Monitor pane is displayed. 2 Click ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 682

    Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide 21-70 Polycom, Inc. Restore Factory Default s You can erase the current RMX configur ation an d restore default factor y settings. There are two Restore levels: • Standard Restore • Comprehensive Restore This tool is intended for Administrato r users, to be ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 683

    Chapter 21-RealPresence Collaboration Serv er (RMX) Administration and Utilities Polycom, Inc. 21-71 • USB key This method is used when the user cannot login with Administrator or Support system permissions. To Restore Factory De fault Settings usin g Administration Too ls in the RMX menu: 1 In the RMX menu, click Administration > Tools > R ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 684

    Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide 21-72 Polycom, Inc. The Backup Configuration D ialog box opens. a Click Browse to select the Backup Direc tory Path and select Backup . The system initiates the backup of RMX config uration files. b Optional. To exit click Close . 5 When the backup completes, a ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 685

    Chapter 21-RealPresence Collaboration Serv er (RMX) Administration and Utilities Polycom, Inc. 21-73 To Restore Factory D efault Settings using the USB key: 1 Insert the USB key in the workstation. 2 Check that the lan.cfg file on the USB key contains the correct settings for the Management Netw ork Service. 3 Verify that the USB key called include ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 686

    Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide 21-74 Polycom, Inc. ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 687

    Polycom, Inc. 22-1 22 System Configuration Flags The system’s overall behavior can be configured by modifyin g the default values o f the System Flags. Modifying System Flags To modify system flags: 1 On the RMX menu, click Setup > System Configuration . The System Flags dialog box opens. For flag changes (including deletion) to take ef fect, ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 688

    Polycom RealPresence Coll aboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 22-2 Polycom, Inc. 2 In the MCMS_P ARAMETERS tab, the following flags can be modified: T able 22-1 System Fl ags – MCMS_P ARAMETERS Flag Description ALLOW_NON_ENCR YPT_P ARTY_IN_ENCR YPT_CONF If YES, allows non-encrypted participants to connect to encrypted conferences. Default: No ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 689

    Chapter 22-System Configur ation Flags Polycom, Inc. 22-3 CONTENT_SLA VE_LINKS_I NTRA_SUPP RESSION_IN_S ECONDS Defines the interval, in seconds, during which the RMX is allowed to forward an Intra Request received from any of the Slave Cascading Links. The Slave Cascad ing Lin k can be connected to the local RMX, to an MCU on a highe r cascade leve ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 690

    Polycom RealPresence Coll aboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 22-4 Polycom, Inc. ENABLE_A GC Set this flag to YES to enable the AGC option. (Default setting is NO.) When disabled, se lecting the AGC opti on in the Participant Properties has not effect on the participant audio. For more information see " Managing the Address Book” on page ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 691

    Chapter 22-System Configur ation Flags Polycom, Inc. 22-5 FORCE_CIF_PORT_ALLOC AT I O N Sets the MCU to allocate one CIF video resource to an endpoint, regardless of the resolution determined by the Conference Profile parameters. Y ou can specify the endpoint types for which resource allocation can be forced to CIF resource, enabling o ther types o ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 692

    Polycom RealPresence Coll aboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 22-6 Polycom, Inc. HIDE_SITE_NAMES From version 7.6.1, in MPMx Card Configurati on Mode , this flag has been replaced by th e Enable Site Names option in the Conference Profile - Site Names d ialog box. It allows you to enable or disable the display of site names in conferences per co ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 693

    Chapter 22-System Configur ation Flags Polycom, Inc. 22-7 ISDN_RESOURCE_POLICY (ISDN) The flag value determines how the ISD N B-channels within configured spans are allocated. The robustness of the ISDN network can be improved by allocating channels evenly (load balancing) among the spans, minimizing the effect of channel loss resulting from the ma ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 694

    Polycom RealPresence Coll aboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 22-8 Polycom, Inc. ITP_CROPPING If the conference is set to T elePresence mode, cropping of the image is done according to this flag value: • ITP (default) - Cropping is done as follows: • Left/right sides: no cropping • T op/Bottom: the calculated area to be stripped will be sp ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 695

    Chapter 22-System Configur ation Flags Polycom, Inc. 22-9 IVR_MESSAGE_VOLUME The volume of IVR messages varies according to the value of this flag. Possible value range: 0-10 (Default: 6). 0 – disables playing the IVR messages 1 – lowest volume 10 – highest volume Notes: • It is not recommended to disa ble IVR messages by settin g the flag ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 696

    Polycom RealPresence Coll aboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 22-10 Polycom, Inc. LAST_LOGIN_A TTEMPTS If YES, the system displays a reco rd of the last Login of the user . Default: NO. For more details, see " User Login Record” on page 15-13 . LEGACY_EP_CONTENT_DE F AUL T_LA YOUT Defines the video layout to be displayed on the screen of ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 697

    Chapter 22-System Configur ation Flags Polycom, Inc. 22-11 MAX_NUMBER_OF_MANAG EMENT_SESSIONS_PER_S YSTEM Defines the maximum number of concurrent management sessions (http and https connections ) per system. V a lue: 4 - 80 Default: 80 MAX_NUMBER_OF_MANAG EMENT_SESSIONS_PER_U SER Defines the maximum number of concurrent management sessions (http a ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 698

    Polycom RealPresence Coll aboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 22-12 Polycom, Inc. MIN_TIP_COMP A TIBILITY_L INE_RA TE This flag determines the minimum line rate at which conferencing entities such as an Entry Queue or Meeting Room can be TIP-enabled and TIP-enabled endpoints can connect to them. CTS version 7 requires a minimum lin e rate of 102 ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 699

    Chapter 22-System Configur ation Flags Polycom, Inc. 22-13 NUMERIC_CHAIR_P ASS_D EF AUL T_LEN This flag enables or disables the automatic genera tion of chairperson passwords and determines the number of digits in the chairperson passwords assigned by the MCU. Possible values are: • 0 disables the automatic password generation in both S t andard ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 700

    Polycom RealPresence Coll aboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 22-14 Polycom, Inc. NUMERIC_CONF_P ASS_DE F AUL T_LEN This flag enables or disables the automatic g eneration of conference passwords and determine s the numb er of digits in the conference passwords assigned by the MCU. Possible values are: • 0 disables the automatic password gener ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 701

    Chapter 22-System Configur ation Flags Polycom, Inc. 22-15 P ASSWORD_EXPIRA TION_ DA YS_MACHINE Enables the administrator to change the password expiration period of Application-user ’ s independently of regular users. Default: 365 (days). P ASSWORD_EXPIRA TION _WARN ING_D A YS Determines the display of a warn ing to the user of the numbe r of da ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 702

    Polycom RealPresence Coll aboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 22-16 Polycom, Inc. SESSION_TIMEOUT_IN_MI NUTES If there is no input from the u ser or if the connection is idle for longer than the number of minutes specified by this flag, the connection to the RMX is terminated. V alue: 0-99 0 - Session T imeout is disabled, however this feature c ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 703

    Chapter 22-System Configur ation Flags Polycom, Inc. 22-17 SYSTEM_LISTENING_VOLU ME This value is used when the system flag FORCE_SYSTEM_LISTENING_VOLUME is set to YES. Determines the default audio leve l with which the participant s connects and receives audio from the conference. The volume scale is from 1 to 10, where 1 is the weakest and 10 is ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 704

    Polycom RealPresence Coll aboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 22-18 Polycom, Inc. 3 To modify a flag value, double-click or select the flag and click the Edit Flag button. 4 In the New Value field, enter the flag’s new value. 5 Click OK to close the Update Flag dialog box. 6 Repeat steps 2–4 to mo dify additional flags. 7 Click OK to close t ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 705

    Chapter 22-System Configur ation Flags Polycom, Inc. 22-19 The following flags can be manually added to the MCMS_P ARAMETERS ta b : T able 22-2 Manually Adde d System Flags – MCMS_P ARAMETERS Flag Description ACCEPT_VOIP_DTMF_TYP E Defines the type of DTMF tones (inband) or digits ( outband) that the RMX will accept in VOIP calls. Range: • 0 - ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 706

    Polycom RealPresence Coll aboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 22-20 Polycom, Inc. BONDING_DIALING_METH OD (ISDN) When set to: • SEQUENTIAL The MCU initiates channel connections sequentiall y until it reaches the number of channe ls defined by the BONDING_NUM_CHANNELS_ IN _GROUP flag. When a channel is connected, diali ng begins for the next ch ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 707

    Chapter 22-System Configur ation Flags Polycom, Inc. 22-21 CELL_IND_LOCA TI ON Change the location of the display of Network Quality Indicators displayed in the cel ls of the conference Video Layout . Default: TOP_RIGHT Range: • BOTTOM_LEFT • BOTTOM_RIGHT • TOP _L EF T • TOP _R IG HT CFG_KEY_ENABLE_FLOW_ CONTROL_REINVITE Used to enable or d ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 708

    Polycom RealPresence Coll aboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 22-22 Polycom, Inc. CPU_BONDING_MODE Sets the Bondi ng Mode of the Signalling and Manage ment network interface controllers. Mode=6, balance-alb, (Adaptive Load Balancing) incl udes balanc e-tlb, (T ransmit Load Balancing ) and balance-rlb ( Receive Load Balancing ) for IPV4 traffic. ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 709

    Chapter 22-System Configur ation Flags Polycom, Inc. 22-23 DISABLE_WIDE_RES_TO_S IP_DIAL_OUT When set to NO (default), the RMX sends wide screen resolution to d ial-out SIP endpoints. Endpoint types that do not support wide screen reso lutions are automatically identified by the RMX according to th eir product type and version and will not receive ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 710

    Polycom RealPresence Coll aboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 22-24 Polycom, Inc. ENABLE_H23 9 When set to YES , Content is sent via a separate Content channel. Endpoints that do not support H.239 Conte nt sharing will not be able to receive When set to NO, the Content channel is closed. In such a case, H.239 Content is sent via the video channe ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 711

    Chapter 22-System Configur ation Flags Polycom, Inc. 22-25 ENABLE_SIRENLPR_SIP_E NCR YPTION Enables the SirenLPR audio algorithm when using encryption with the SIP protocol. Range: YES / NO Default: NO ENABLE_TC_P ACKAGE Enables or disables Network T raffic Control. Range: YES / NO Default: NO ENABLE_TEXTUAL_CONFE RENCE_ST A TUS Set the value of th ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 712

    Polycom RealPresence Coll aboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 22-26 Polycom, Inc. EXTERNAL_DB_P ASSWOR D The password associated with th e user name defined for the RMX on the external database server . Default: POL YCOM EXTERNAL_DB_PORT The external database server port used by the RMX to send and receive XML re quests/responses. For secure com ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 713

    Chapter 22-System Configur ation Flags Polycom, Inc. 22-27 FORCE_G71 1A Setting this flag forces the use of the G71 1A Audio Codec. Possible values: YES / NO Default: NO FORCE_RESOLUTION Use this flag to specify IP (H.323 and SIP) endpoint types that cannot receive wide screen resolution a nd that were not automatically identified as such by the RM ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 714

    Polycom RealPresence Coll aboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 22-28 Polycom, Inc. H264_BASE_PROFILE_MIN _RA TE_HD720P30_SHARP NESS Not supported from V e rsion 7.0.2. Prior to V ersion 7.0 .2, this flag set the minimum bitrate threshold for endpoints that did not support H.264 High Profile for HD720P30 resolution using Sharpness Video Quality . ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 715

    Chapter 22-System Configur ation Flags Polycom, Inc. 22-29 HIDE_CONFERENCE_P ASS WORD If set to YES (default in Ultra Secure Mode): • Conference and Chairperson Passwords that are displaye d in the RMX Web Client or RMX Manager are hidden when viewing the proper ties of the conference. • Automatic generation of passwords (both conference and ch ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 716

    Polycom RealPresence Coll aboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 22-30 Polycom, Inc. MAX_TRACE_LEVEL This flag indicates the debugging level for RMX support. The flag’s values have been modified for version 7.8 and is not backward com patible wit h previous versions. Possible values: From version 7.8 - TRACE = t, DEBUG = d, INFO_NORMAL = n, INFO_ ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 717

    Chapter 22-System Configur ation Flags Polycom, Inc. 22-31 MS_CAC_AUDIO_MIN_BR The mi nimum bit rate for audio using the Microsoft CAC (Call Admission Control) protocol. When the bit rate is lower than the MS_CAC_AUDIO_MIN_BR, the call is not conn ected. Range: 0 - 384 Default: 30 MS_CAC_VTDEO_MIN_BR The minimum bit rate for vi deo using the Micros ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 718

    Polycom RealPresence Coll aboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 22-32 Polycom, Inc. P ARTY_GA THERING_DURA TION_SECONDS The val ue of t his System Flag set s the duration, in seconds, of the display of the Gat hering slide for participants that connect to the conference after the conference start time. Range: 0 - 3600 Default: 15 For more informat ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 719

    Chapter 22-System Configur ation Flags Polycom, Inc. 22-33 REMOVE_H323_EPC_CAP_ TO_NON_POL YCOM_VEND OR Used to disable EPC protocol. Use of Polycom’ s proprietary protocol, High Profil e , EPC , may result in interoperability issues when used with other vendors’ endpoints. Possible values: YES / NO Default: NO REMOVE_H323_HIGH_PRO FILE_CAP_TO_ ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 720

    Polycom RealPresence Coll aboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 22-34 Polycom, Inc. SELF_IND_LOCA TION Change the locati on of the display of the Network Quality Indicator of the participant’s own endpoint. Default: BOTT OM_RIGHT Range: • TOP _ L EF T • TOP • TOP _R IG HT • BOTTOM_ LEFT • BOTTOM • BOTTOM_RIGHT SEND_SIP_BUSY_UPON_R ES ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 721

    Chapter 22-System Configur ation Flags Polycom, Inc. 22-35 SEND_WIDE_RES_TO_ISD N When set to YES , the RMX sends wide screen resolution to ISDN end point s. When set to NO (default), the RMX does not send wide screen resolution to ISDN endpoints. Default: NO. SET_AUDIO_CLARITY Audio Clarity improves received audio from participants connected via l ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 722

    Polycom RealPresence Coll aboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 22-36 Polycom, Inc. SET_DTMF_SOURCE_DIFF _IN_SEC If the ACCEPT_VOIP_DTMF_TYPE fl ag is set to 0 (Auto) this flag determines the interval, in seconds after which the RMX will accept b oth DTMF tones (inband) and digits ( outband) . Default: 120 SIP_BFCP_DIAL_OUT_MOD E Controls BFCP’s ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 723

    Chapter 22-System Configur ation Flags Polycom, Inc. 22-37 SIP_FREE_VIDEO_RESOU RCES For use in Avaya and Microsoft Environments. When set to NO (required for Avaya and Microsof t environments), video resources that were allocated to particip ants remain allocated to the participants as long as they are connected to the c onference even if the call ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 724

    Polycom RealPresence Coll aboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 22-38 Polycom, Inc. SUPPOR T_HIGH _PROFILE_WITH_ISDN Enables or disables the support of High Profile video protocol for ISDN particip ants in CP conferences. This flag is specific to CP conferences and has no effect on VSW conferences. Range: YES / NO Default: NO TC_BURST_SIZE This fl ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 725

    Chapter 22-System Configur ation Flags Polycom, Inc. 22-39 4 Click OK to close the New Flag dialog box. The new flag is added to the flags list. 5 Click OK to close the System Flags dialog box. Manually Adding Flags to th e CS_MODULE_P ARAME TERS T ab Using the procedure to manually add flags to the System Conf iguration, the following fl ags can b ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 726

    Polycom RealPresence Coll aboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 22-40 Polycom, Inc. Deleting a Flag To delete a flag: 1 In the System Flags dialog box, select the flag to delete and click the Delete Flag button. 2 In the confirmation message box, click Yes to confirm. 3 Click OK to close the System Flags dialog box. MS_UPDA TE_CON TA C T _ R E M O ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 727

    Chapter 22-System Configur ation Flags Polycom, Inc. 22-41 Auto Layout Configuration The Auto Layout option lets the RMX automatically select the conference video layout based on the number of participants currently connected to the conference. You can modify the default selection of the confer ence video layout to customiz e it to your conferencin ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 728

    Polycom RealPresence Coll aboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 22-42 Polycom, Inc. CP_LA YOUT_1P4VER CP_LA YOUT_1P5 CP_LA YOUT_1P7 CP_LA YOUT_1P8UP CP_LA YOUT_1P8CENT CP_LA YOUT_1P8HOR_UP CP_LA YOUT_3X3 CP_LA YOUT_2P8 CP_LA YOUT_1P12 CP_LA YOUT_4X4 T able 22-4 Flags: PREDEFINED_AUTO_LA YOUT_0,...,10 (Continued) Flag Name: PREDE FINED_AUTO_LA YOUT ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 729

    Chapter 22-System Configur ation Flags Polycom, Inc. 22-43 Example: Table 22-5 illustrates the effect of modifying the PREDEFINED_AUTO_LAYOUT_5 flag in conferences with fewer or more participants than the number of windows selected in the default layout. LEGACY_EP_CONTENT_DEF AUL T_LA YOUT Flag V alues Table 22-6 lists the value for each video layo ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 730

    Polycom RealPresence Coll aboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 22-44 Polycom, Inc. CP_LA YOUT_1X2 CP_LA YOUT_1X2HOR CP_LA YOUT_1X2VER CP_LA YOUT_2X1 CP_LA YOUT_1P2HOR CP_LA YOUT_1P2HOR_UP CP_LA YOUT_1P2VER CP_LA YOUT_2X2 CP_LA YOUT_1P3HOR_UP CP_LA YOUT_1P3VER CP_LA YOUT_1P4HOR_UP CP_LA YOUT_1P4HOR CP_LA YOUT_1P4VER CP_LA YOUT_1P5 CP_LA YOUT_1P7 C ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 731

    Chapter 22-System Configur ation Flags Polycom, Inc. 22-45 CS_ENABLE_EPC Flag Endpoints that support People+ may require a different si gnaling (for exampl e, FX endpoints). For these endpoint s, manually add the flag CS_ENABLE_EPC with the value YES (default value is NO) to the CS_MODULE_PARAMETERS tab. Automatic Password Generation Flags The RMX ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 732

    Polycom RealPresence Coll aboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 22-46 Polycom, Inc. be activated using the existing passwords. Only new conferencing entities will be affected by the change. Enabling the Automatic Generation of Passwords To enable the automatic genera tion of passwords, the followin g flags have to be defined: Do not enable this op ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 733

    Chapter 22-System Configur ation Flags Polycom, Inc. 22-47 If the default password length defined by the NUMERIC_ CONF_PASS_DEFAULT_LEN or NUMERIC_CHAIR_PASS _ DEFAULT LEN does no t fall within t he range defined by the minimum and maximum length an appropriat e fault is added to the Faults list. NUMERIC_CONF_P ASS_DEF AUL T_L EN This flag enables ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 734

    Polycom RealPresence Coll aboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 22-48 Polycom, Inc. Flags Specific to Maximum Security Environment s - Ultra Secure Mode T he RMX can operate in one of two modes: Standard Security Mode or Ultra Secure Mode . In Ultra Secure Mode the enhanced security features of the version are rigorously enforced. The Ultra Secure ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 735

    Chapter 22-System Configur ation Flags Polycom, Inc. 22-49 •T h e ULTRA_SECURE_M ODE System Flag affects the ranges and defaults of the S ystem Flags that control: — Network Securit y — User Management — Strong Passwords — Login and Session Management — Cyclic File Systems Table 22-8 lists the effect that setting the ULTRA_ SECURE_MODE ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 736

    Polycom RealPresence Coll aboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 22-50 Polycom, Inc. User Management DISABLE_INACTIVE_ USER 1-90 30 0-90 0 Strong Passwords FORCE_STRONG_P A SSWORD_POLICY YES YES YES/NO NO HIDE_CONFERENCE_ PA S S W O R D YES/NO NO YES/NO NO HIDE_CONFERENCE_ PA S S W O R D YES/NO NO YES/NO NO MAX_CONF_P ASSWO RD_REPEA TED_CHA R 1 - 4 ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 737

    Chapter 22-System Configur ation Flags Polycom, Inc. 22-51 UL TRA_SECURE_MODE Syst em Flag Descriptions Cyclic File Systems ENABLE_CYCLIC_FIL E_SYSTEM_ALARMS YES/NO YES YES/NO NO T able 22-8 UL TRA_SECURE_MODE Flag Value – Effect on System Flags (Continued) Flag UL TRA_SECURE_MODE = YES NO Range Default Range Default T able 22-9 UL TRA_SECURE_MOD ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 738

    Polycom RealPresence Coll aboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 22-52 Polycom, Inc. USER_LOCKOUT User Lockout can be enabled to lo ck a user out of the system after three consecutive Login failures wi th same User Name. The user is disabled and only the administrator can ena ble the user within the system. User Lockout is enabled when the flag is ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 739

    Chapter 22-System Configur ation Flags Polycom, Inc. 22-53 MIN_PWD_CHANGE_F REQUENCY_IN_DA YS The frequency with which a user can change a password is determi ned by the value of this System Flag. T he value of the flag is the number of days that users must retain a password. It cannot be set to NO when the RMX is in U ltra Secure Mode. NUMERIC_CHA ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 740

    Polycom RealPresence Coll aboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 22-54 Polycom, Inc. ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 741

    Polycom, Inc. 23-1 23 RMX Hardware Monitoring The status and properties of the RMX hardwa re components can be viewed and monitored in the Hardware Monitor list pane. V iewing the S t atus of the Hardware Component s The Hardware Monitor’s status column displays the present st atus of the hardware components. In addition to the status, temperat u ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 742

    Polycom RealPresence Coll aboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 23-2 Polycom, Inc. The Hardware Monitor pane displays the foll owing RM X hardware component’s status columns: HW Monitor Pane T ool bar The following buttons appear in the tool bar of the Hardware Monitor: Ta b l e 2 3 - 1 HW Monitor Pane St atus Columns Field Descrip tion Slot Dis ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 743

    Chapter 23-RMX Hardware Monitori ng Polycom, Inc. 23-3 V iewing the Properties of RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500 Hardware Component s The properties displayed for the hardware comp onents will vary according to the type of component viewed. These component prop erties can be grouped as follows: • MCU Properties (RealPresence Collabo ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 744

    Polycom RealPresence Coll aboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 23-4 Polycom, Inc. To view the MCU Prop erties: 1 In the Hardware Monitor pane, either double-click or right-cl ick and select Properties for RMX 1500, slot 0 . The following i nformation is displayed: 2 Click the Event L og tab to view a log of events that were record ed by the syste ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 745

    Chapter 23-RMX Hardware Monitori ng Polycom, Inc. 23-5 The logged events can be saved to a *.xls file by clicking the Save Event Log button. It is not possible to save individual or multiple se lected events; the entire log file must be saved. 3 Click th e Active Alar ms tab to view alarms related to the RMX, i.e. temperature s and main power senso ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 746

    Polycom RealPresence Coll aboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 23-6 Polycom, Inc. To view the Card Properties: 1 In the Hardware Monitor pane, either double-click or right-cl ick and select properties for the desired hardware component. The following i nformation is displayed: 2 Click the Event Log tab to view a log o f events reco rded by the sy ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 747

    Chapter 23-RMX Hardware Monitori ng Polycom, Inc. 23-7 To View the Sup porting Hardware Compo nents Properti es: 1 In the Hardware Monitor pane, either d ouble-click or right-click and select properties for the desired supporting hardware component. The component’s properties dial og box will appear with the General In fo tab displayed. Backplane ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 748

    Polycom RealPresence Coll aboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 23-8 Polycom, Inc. FAN Properties: The RMX unit’s chassis contains 3 fans that regulate the unit’ s temperature. If the temperature increases, the fans spee d will increase and vice-v ersa. A “Critical” condition in the fans operation will res ult in a system shut dow n. T abl ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 749

    Chapter 23-RMX Hardware Monitori ng Polycom, Inc. 23-9 LAN 1, LAN 2, LAN 3 Properties: The RMX unit’s chassis contains 3 exte rnal LAN connectors which register the following information li sted below. The info rmation will be refreshed every 8 seconds and also contains a peek detector to log the maximal values, since the last peek values reset. ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 750

    Polycom RealPresence Coll aboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 23-10 Polycom, Inc. The Hardware Properties dialog box has the following structure: To view the MCU Prop erties: 1 In the Hardware Monitor pane, either double-click or right-cl ick and select properties for RMX 2000, slot 0 . The following i nformation is displayed: Slot number HW com ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 751

    Chapter 23-RMX Hardware Monitori ng Polycom, Inc. 23-11 2 Click t he Event Log tab to view a log of events that were recorded by the system for the RMX. The logged events can be saved to a *.xls file by clicking the Save Event Log button. It is not possible to save individual or multiple se lected events; the entire log file must be saved. Chassis ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 752

    Polycom RealPresence Coll aboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 23-12 Polycom, Inc. 3 Click the Active Alarms tab to view alarms related to the RMX, i.e. temperatures and main power sensors. The Active Alarms dialog box displ ays fields that relate to faults and errors de tected on the RMX by sensors. The Active Alar m s dialog box is divided into ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 753

    Chapter 23-RMX Hardware Monitori ng Polycom, Inc. 23-13 2 Click th e Event Log tab to view a log of events th at was recorded by the system on the HW component. For mo re inform ation, see " M CU Properties - Event Log” on page 23-11 . 3 Click th e Active Alarms tab to view alarms relate d to the hardware component, i.e. temperatures and mai ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 754

    Polycom RealPresence Coll aboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 23-14 Polycom, Inc. FAN Properties: The RMX unit’s chassis contains 3 fans that regulate the unit’ s temperature. If the temperature increases, the fans spee d will increase and vice-v ersa. A “Critical” condition in the fans operation will res ult in a system shut down. Card ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 755

    Chapter 23-RMX Hardware Monitori ng Polycom, Inc. 23-15 LAN 0, LAN 1, LAN 2 Properties: The RMX unit’s chassis contains 3 exte rnal LAN connectors which register the following information li sted below. The info rmation will be refreshed every 8 seconds and also contains a peek detector to log the maximal values, since the last peek values reset. ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 756

    Polycom RealPresence Coll aboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 23-16 Polycom, Inc. The Hardware Properties dialog box has the following structure: To view the MCU Prop erties: 1 In the Hardware Monitor pane, either double-click or right-cl ick and select Properties for RMX 4000, slot 0 . The following i nformation is displayed: Slot number HW com ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 757

    Chapter 23-RMX Hardware Monitori ng Polycom, Inc. 23-17 2 Click t he Event Log tab to view a log of events that were recorded by the system for the RMX. The logged events can be saved to a *.xls file by clicking the Save Event Log button. It is not possible to save individual or multiple se lected events; the entire log file must be saved. Part Num ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 758

    Polycom RealPresence Coll aboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 23-18 Polycom, Inc. 3 Click the Active Alarms tab to view alarms related to the RMX, i.e. temperatures and main power sensors. The Active Alarms dialog box displ ays fields that relate to faults and errors de tected on the RMX by sensors. The Active Alar m s dialog box is divided into ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 759

    Chapter 23-RMX Hardware Monitori ng Polycom, Inc. 23-19 2 Click th e Event Log tab to view a log of events th at was recorded by the system on the HW component. For mo re inform ation, see " M CU Properties - Event Log” on page 23-11 . 3 Click th e Active Alarms tab to view alarms relate d to the hardware component, i.e. temperatures and mai ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 760

    Polycom RealPresence Coll aboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 23-20 Polycom, Inc. FAN Properties: The RMX unit’s chassis contains 3 fans that regulate the unit’ s temperature. If the temperature increases, the fans spee d will increase and vice-v ersa. A “Critical” condition in the fans operation will res ult in a system shut down. Board ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 761

    Chapter 23-RMX Hardware Monitori ng Polycom, Inc. 23-21 LAN 0, LAN 1, LAN 2 Properties: The RMX unit’s chassis contains 3 exte rnal LAN connectors which register the following information li sted below. The info rmation will be refreshed every 8 seconds and also contains a peek detector to log the maximal values, since the last peek values reset. ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 762

    Polycom RealPresence Coll aboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 23-22 Polycom, Inc. Access the RMX browser and click Hardwar e Monitor . The Hardware Monitor pane opens. On the Hardware Monitor toolbar click the Shelf Manager icon. Type in the URL address of the Shelf Management (IP address). For example; 172.22.189.51. You must also Login as an ? ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 763

    Chapter 23-RMX Hardware Monitori ng Polycom, Inc. 23-23 1 In the list pane tool bar, click the Basic Mode ( ) button. 2 In the Reset Confirmation dialog box, click Yes . 3 The RMX resets. Re-enter the Shelf Manager IP address in the browser and Login under POLYCOM or with an “Administrator” Login. RMX 2000/4000 & RealPresence Col- laboratio ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 764

    Polycom RealPresence Coll aboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 23-24 Polycom, Inc. After login the following screen appears. The MPM+/MPMx cards indicate “Resetting” and later sw itch to “Diagnostics”. The status of RTM-IP/RTM IP 1500/RTM-IP 40 00 and CNTL/CNTL 1500/CNTL 4000 components change to “Diagnostics”. 4 You can select any on ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 765

    Chapter 23-RMX Hardware Monitori ng Polycom, Inc. 23-25 5 Run Diagnostic Tests & Tests M onitoring by clicking the Run Tests button. In the Hardware Monitor pane, the toolbar and card statuses change to Tests in progress . When the RMX enters “ Diagnostics Mode ”, the status MPM+/MPM x, CNTL/CNTL 1500/CNTL 4000 a nd RTM IP/RTM IP 1500/RTM I ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 766

    Polycom RealPresence Coll aboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 23-26 Polycom, Inc. 6. Th e Diagnostic s Summary pan e is displaye d at the bottom o f the Har dwar e Monitori ng pane. Figure 23-1 RMX 2000/4000 Diag nostics T ests & Monitoring T ests Figure 23-2 Real Presence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500 Diagnostics T ests & Monitoring T ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 767

    Chapter 23-RMX Hardware Monitori ng Polycom, Inc. 23-27 Performing Advanced Mode Diagnostics To run Advanced Mode Di agnostics on a Hardware Component: 1 In the list pane tool bar, click the Advanced Mode () b u t t o n . 2 In the Reset Confirmation dialog box, click Yes . T o run Diagnostics you are required to Login with admini strator permission ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 768

    Polycom RealPresence Coll aboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 23-28 Polycom, Inc. 3 The RMX resets. Re-enter the Shelf Manager IP address in the browser and Login using an “Administrator” Login. The MPM+/MPMx cards indicate “Resetting” and later sw itch to “Diagnostics”. The status of RTM-IP/RTM IP 1500/RTM-IP 40 00 and CNTL/CNTL 150 ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 769

    Chapter 23-RMX Hardware Monitori ng Polycom, Inc. 23-29 You can view Diagnostic Tests & Te sts Monitoring by clicking the Advanced Diagnostics Tab. The Diagnostics Tests & Monitoring Tests panes are displayed on the right side of the window pane. Figure 23-3 RMX 2000/4000 Diagn ostics T ests & Monitoring T ests Advanced Diagnostics Ta b ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 770

    Polycom RealPresence Coll aboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 23-30 Polycom, Inc. Figure 23-4 RealPrese nce Collaboration Server (RMX) 150 0 Diagnostics T ests & Monitoring T ests 5 When the RMX enters “ Diagnostics Mode ”, the status M PM+/MPMx, CNTL/C NTL 1500/CNTL 4000 and RT M IP/RTM IP 1500/RTM IP 4000 changes to “ Diagnostics ” ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 771

    Chapter 23-RMX Hardware Monitori ng Polycom, Inc. 23-31 7 The selected tests are initialized. In the Tests Monitoring pane there is an indication of the Connection St atus of the Tests. 8 This process may take some time. Click Stop Running Test to end all the diagnostic tests. The MCU completes the current test runni ng and then stops all remaini n ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 772

    Polycom RealPresence Coll aboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 23-32 Polycom, Inc. Cards Monitor The Cards Monitor tab displays the status of the selected tests being run on the currently viewed card, i.e. slot 5, described below. T able 23-21 T ests Monitoring - M CU Monitor Parameters Column Description Card The card’ s slot nu mber , i.e. 5 ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 773

    Chapter 23-RMX Hardware Monitori ng Polycom, Inc. 23-33 Error Buffer The Error Buffer tab displays the errors encountered during testing of the cards. T able 23-23 T ests Monitoring - Card Monitor Parameters Column Description Te s t i d The test ID number . ErrorS tring Indicates the error encounte red during testing. ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 774

    Polycom RealPresence Coll aboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 23-34 Polycom, Inc. T emperature Thresholds On each RMX card or there are temperature sensors that are placed near specific components on the card. In the Hardware Monitor you can view the properties of each car d together with their tempe rature statuses . By right clic king on any c ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 775

    Chapter 23-RMX Hardware Monitori ng Polycom, Inc. 23-35 RMX RTM-IP 1500/RTM-IP/RTM IP 4000 Card Properties To view the RMX RTM-IP 1500/RTM-IP/RTM IP 40 00 Properties: 1 In the Hardware Monitor pane, right-click the RTM IP entry and then select Properties . 2 Click Active Alarms . Figure 23-7 RealPresence Collab oration Server (R MX) 2000 R TM-IP T ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 776

    Polycom RealPresence Coll aboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 23-36 Polycom, Inc. 2 Click Active Alarms . Figure 23-8 RealPresence Collaboration Serve r (R MX) 2000 CNTL T emperature Sensors The hottest capacity sensor on the CNTL card is sensor 10, and when this sensor reaches 70 ° (degrees) Centigrade, it trig gers an "Upper Major" ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 777

    Chapter 23-RMX Hardware Monitori ng Polycom, Inc. 23-37 MPM+ Card Proper ties To view the MPM+ Properties: 1 In the Hardware Monitor pane, right-click the MPM+ entry and then select Prop erties . 2 Click Active Alarms . Figure 23-9 RealPresence Co llaboration Server (RMX) 2000 MPM+80 Properties The MPM+80 card has 7 temperature sensors nu mbered: 1 ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 778

    Polycom RealPresence Coll aboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 23-38 Polycom, Inc. MPMx Card Proper ties To view the MPMx Properties: 1 In the Hardware Monitor pane, right-click the M PMx entry and then select Prope rties . 2 Click Active Alarms . Figure 23-10 Re alPresence Collaboration Server (R MX) 2000 MPMx80 Properties The MPMx card has 7 te ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 779

    Polycom, Inc. A-1 Appendix A Disconnection Causes If a participant was unable to connect to a conference or was disconnected from a conference, the Connection Status tab in the Participant Prope rties dialog box indicates the call disconnection cause. In some case s, a possible solution may be displayed. A video participant who is unable to connect ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 780

    Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide A-2 Polycom, Inc. H323 call closed. Small bandwidth The g atekeeper allocated insufficient bandwidth to the connection with the endpoint. H323 call closed. No port left There are no free ports lef t in the IP card. Caller not registered The calling endpoin t is ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 781

    Chapter A-Disconnect ion Causes Polycom, Inc. A-3 H323 call closed. Remote sent bad capability There was a pr oblem in the capabilities sent by the endpoint. H323 call closed. Local capability wasn't accepted by remote The endpoint did not accept the capabilities sent by the gatekeeper . H323 failure Internal error occurred. H323 call closed. ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 782

    Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide A-4 Polycom, Inc. SIP client error 40 7 The endpoint sent a SIP C lient Error 407 (Proxy Authentication Required) response. The client must first authent icate itself with the proxy . SIP client error 409 The endpoint se nt a SIP Client E rror 409 (Conflict) res ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 783

    Chapter A-Disconnect ion Causes Polycom, Inc. A-5 SIP forbidden The SIP server rejected the request. The server understood the request, but is refusing to fulfill it. SIP global failure 603 A SIP Global Failure 603 (Decline) response was returned. The participant's endpoint was successfully contacted, but the participant explicitly does not wi ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 784

    Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide A-6 Polycom, Inc. SIP server error 500 The SIP server se nt a SIP Server Error 500 (Server Internal Error) response. The server encoun tered an unexpected cond ition that prevented it from fulfilling the request. SIP server error 501 The SIP server sent a SIP Se ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 785

    Chapter A-Disconnect ion Causes Polycom, Inc. A-7 ISDN Disconnection Causes Ta b l e A - 2 ISDN Disconnection Causes Disconnectio n Cause Number Summary Description 1 Unallocated (unassigned number) No route to the number exists in the ISDN network or the number was not found in the routi ng table. • Ensure that the number app ears in the routing ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 786

    Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide A-8 Polycom, Inc. 22 N umber Changed Same as Cause 1. The diagnostic field contains the new called user number . Cause 1 is used if the network does not support this cause value. 26 N on-Selected User Clearin g The incoming call has not been assigned to the user ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 787

    Chapter A-Disconnect ion Causes Polycom, Inc. A-9 53 Outgoi ng Calls Barred Within Closed User Group (CUG) Outgoing calls are n ot permitted for this memb er of the CUG . 55 Incomi ng Calls Barred within CUG Incoming cal ls are not permitte d for this member of the CUG . 57 Bearer Capability Not Authorized A bearer capability has been requested tha ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 788

    Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide A-10 Polycom, Inc. 86 C all Having the Requested Call Identity Has Been Cleared A RESUME message cannot be executed by the network as a result of the call having been cleared while suspen ded. 87 U ser Not Member of CUG A CUG member was called by a user who is n ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 789

    Chapter A-Disconnect ion Causes Polycom, Inc. A-11 103 Parameter Non- Existent or Not Implemented – Passed On (national use) A message wa s received cont aining paramete rs that are no t defined or of a type that is defined but not implemented. 1 10 Message with Unrecognized Parameter Discarded A message was discarded because it contained a param ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 790

    Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide A-12 Polycom, Inc. ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 791

    Polycom, Inc. B-1 Appendix B Alarms and Fault s Alarms Ta b l e B - 1 Alarms Alarm Code Alarm Description A new activation key was loaded. Reset the system. A new activation key was loaded: Reset the MCU. A new version was installed. Reset the system. A new version was installed: Reset the MCU. Alarm generated b y a Central Signaling component A sy ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 792

    Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide B-2 Polycom, Inc. Card not found This occurs when: th e system does not receive an indication about the card (since it does not exist…) usually when the card was removed from the MCU and the system did not have a chance to recalculate it resources. Card not re ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 793

    Appendix B-Alarms a nd Faults Polycom, Inc. B-3 DMA not supported by IDE device Possible explanatio ns: • DMA (direct memory access) not supported by IDE device: Incompatible flash card / hard disk being used. • Flash card / hard drive are not properly connected to the board / one of the IDE channels is disconnected. • DMA was manually disabl ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 794

    Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide B-4 Polycom, Inc. Fallback version is being used Fallback version is being used. Restore current version. V ersion being used: [running version]; Current version: [current version]. File error Possible reasons for the file error: • XML file does not exist [fil ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 795

    Appendix B-Alarms a nd Faults Polycom, Inc. B-5 Gatekeeper failure (cont.) • Gatekee per rejected RRQ due to invalid terminal alias. • Gatekeeper rejected RRQ due to resource unavailability . • Gatekeeper rejected RRQ due to Security Denial. • Gatekeeper rejected RRQ due to terminal type. • Gatekeeper rejected RRQ due to unsupported Addit ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 796

    Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide B-6 Polycom, Inc. MPL startup failure. Management Network configuration not received. No clock source The system could not use any of the connected ISDN sp ans as clock source No default ISDN/PSTN Network Service defined in ISDN/PSTN Network Services list No def ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 797

    Appendix B-Alarms a nd Faults Polycom, Inc. B-7 Restoring Factory Defaults. Default system settings will be restored once Reset is completed Default system settings will be rest ored once Reset is completed. RTM ISDN card not found RTM ISDN card is missing. RTM ISDN card startup pr ocedure error The R TM ISDN card cannot complete its startup proced ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 798

    Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide B-8 Polycom, Inc. SIP TLS: Registration server not responding This alarm is displayed when the MCU does not re ceive a response from the OCS to the registration request in the expected time frame. Possible causes are: • The MCU FQDN name is not defined in the ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 799

    Polycom, Inc. C-1 Appendix C CDR Fields - Unformatted File The CDR (Call Detail Records) utili ty is used to retrieve conference information to a file. The CDR utility can retrieve conference information to a file in both formatted and unf ormatted formats. Unformatted CDR files contain multiple records. The first record in each file contains infor ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 800

    Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide C-2 Polycom, Inc. The Conference Summary Record The conference summary record (the first reco rd in the unformatted CDR file) contains the following fiel ds: Ta b l e C - 1 Conference Summary Reco rd Fields Field Descrip tion File V ersion The version of the CDR ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 801

    Appendix C-CDR Fields - Unformatted File Polycom, Inc. C-3 Event Records The event records, that is, all r ecords in the un formatted file except the first record, contain standard fields, such as the event type code an d the time stamp, followed by fields that are event specific. The event fields are separated by commas. Two consecutive commas wit ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 802

    Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide C-4 Polycom, Inc. Event T ypes The table below contains a list of the events th at can be logged in the CDR file, and indicates where to find details of the fields that are specific to that type of event. The event code ide ntifies the event i n the unforma tted ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 803

    Appendix C-CDR Fields - Unformatted File Polycom, Inc. C-5 10 DEFINED P ARTICIP ANT Information about a de fined partic ipant, that is, a particip ant who was added to the conference befo re the conference started. For more information about the fields, see T able C-1 4, “ Event Fields for Events 10, 101, 105 - DEFINED P A RTICIP ANT , USER ADD P ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 804

    Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide C-6 Polycom, Inc. 28 SIP PRIV A TE EXTENSIONS Contains SIP Private Extensions information. For more information about the fields, see T abl e C-25, “ Event Fields for Event 28 - SIP PRIV A TE EXTENSIONS,” on page C-31 . 30 GA TEKEEPER INFORMA TION Contains t ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 805

    Appendix C-CDR Fields - Unformatted File Polycom, Inc. C-7 101 USER ADD P ARTICIP ANT A user added a participant to the conference during th e conference. For more information about the fields, see T able C-1 4, “ Event Fields for Events 10, 101, 105 - DEFINED P A RTICIP ANT , USER ADD P ARTICIP ANT , USER UPDA TE P ARTICIP ANT ,” on page C-20 ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 806

    Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide C-8 Polycom, Inc. 109 OPERA TOR A TTEND P ARTY The MCU User moved the part icipant to the Operator conference. For more information, see T able C-35, “ Event Fields for Events 107 and 109 - OPERA TOR MOVE P ARTY FROM CONFERENCE and OPERA TOR A TTEND P ARTY ,? ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 807

    Appendix C-CDR Fields - Unformatted File Polycom, Inc. C-9 2012 RESERVED P ARTICIP ANT CONTINUE 2 Additional information about a D EFINED P ARTICIP ANT event. For more information about the fields, see T able C-1 6, “ Event Fields for Event 201 1 - DEFINED P ARTICIP ANT CONTINUE 2, Event 2012 - USER ADD P ARTICIP ANT CONTINUE 2, Event 2016 - USER ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 808

    Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide C-10 Polycom, Inc. Event S pecific Fields The following tables describe the fields wh ich are specific to each type of event. 5001 CONFERENCE ST ART CONTINUE 4 Additional information abo ut a CONFERENCE ST ART event. For more information about the fields, see T ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 809

    Appendix C-CDR Fields - Unformatted File Polycom, Inc. C-11 Auto T erminate Indi cates whether the conference wa s set to end automatically if no parti cipan t joins the confer ence for a predefi ned time period af ter the conference starts, or if all p articipant s disconnect from the conference and the conference is empty for a predefined time pe ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 810

    Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide C-12 Polycom, Inc. T120 Rate Not supported. Always contains the value 0 . Ta b l e C - 4 Event Fields for Event 2001 - CONFERENCE ST ART CONTINUE 1 Field Descrip tion Audio T ones No t supported. Always contains the value 0 . Alert T one Not supported. Always co ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 811

    Appendix C-CDR Fields - Unformatted File Polycom, Inc. C-13 Minimum Number of Participants The number of particip ants for whic h the system reserved resources. Additional participants may join the conference without prior reservatio n until all the resources are utilize d. Currently the on ly value is 0 . Allow Undefined Participants Indicates whe ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 812

    Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide C-14 Polycom, Inc. Lecture Mode T ype Indicates the type of Lecture Mode, as follows: 0 - None 1 - Lecture Mode 3 - Presentation Mode Lecturer Note: This field is only relevant if the Lecture Mode T ype is Lecture Mo de. The name of the participant selected as t ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 813

    Appendix C-CDR Fields - Unformatted File Polycom, Inc. C-15 Ta b l e C - 6 Event Fields for Event 6001 - CONFERENCE ST ART CONTINUE 5 Field Descrip tion Encryption Indicates the conference encry ption setting, as follows: 0 - The conference is not encrypted. 1 -  The conference is encryp ted. Ta b l e C - 7 Event Fields for Event 1 100 1 - CONFE ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 814

    Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide C-16 Polycom, Inc. Call T ype The call type, as follows: 68 - 56 KBS dat a call 72 - 1536kbs data call (PRI only) 75 - 56 KBS dat a call 77 - Modem data service 79 - 384kbs data call (PRI only) 86 - Normal voice call Network Service Program The Network Service p ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 815

    Appendix C-CDR Fields - Unformatted File Polycom, Inc. C-17 Calling Participant Phone Number The telephone number used for dial-in. Called Participant Number T ype The type of number called, as follows: 0 - Unknown, default 1 - Intern ational 2 - National 3 - Network specific 4 - Subscriber 6 - Abbreviated Called Participant Number Plan The called ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 816

    Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide C-18 Polycom, Inc. Participant ID The identification number assigned to the participant by the MCU. Participant S tatus The participant status, as follows: 0 -  Idle 1 -  Connected 2 - Disconnected 3 - W aiting for dial-in 4 -  Connecting 5 - Disconnect ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 817

    Appendix C-CDR Fields - Unformatted File Polycom, Inc. C-19 Secondary Cause (cont.) 15 - V ideo stream violation due to incompatible annexes or other discrep ancy . 16 - Inadequate video resources 17 - When moved to a T ranscoding or Video Switching conference, the participant’ s video capabilities a re not supported by the video cards 18 - V ide ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 818

    Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide C-20 Polycom, Inc. Mux Board ID Not supported. Always contains the value 0 . Mux Unit ID Not supported. Always contains the value 0 . Audio Codec Board ID Not supported. Always contains the value 0 . Audio Codec Unit ID Not supported. Always contains the value 0 ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 819

    Appendix C-CDR Fields - Unformatted File Polycom, Inc. C-21 Dialing Dire ction The dialing direction, as fo llows: 0 - Dial-out 5 - Dial-in Bonding Mode Not supp orted. Always cont ains the value 0 . Number Of Channels Note: This field is o nly relevant to ISDN/PSTN participants. The number of channels be ing connected for this participant. Net Cha ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 820

    Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide C-22 Polycom, Inc. Number of MCU Phone Numbers Note: This field is only relevant to ISDN/PSTN participants. The number of MCU phone numbers. In a dial-in connection, the MCU phone number is the number dia led by the participant to connect to the MCU. In a dial-o ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 821

    Appendix C-CDR Fields - Unformatted File Polycom, Inc. C-23 Undefined Participant Indicates whether are not the particip ant is an undefined participant, as follows: 0 - The participant is not an undefined participant. 2 - The participant is an undefined participant. Node T ype The node type, as follows: 0 - MCU 1 - T erminal Bonding Phone Number N ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 822

    Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide C-24 Polycom, Inc. T able C -16 Event Fields for Event 201 1 - DEFINED P ARTICIP ANT CONTINUE 2, Event 2012 - USER ADD P ARTICIP ANT CONTINUE 2, Eve nt 2016 - USER UPDA TE P ARTICIP ANT CONTINUE 2 Field Descrip tion Encryption Indicates the participant’s encry ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 823

    Appendix C-CDR Fields - Unformatted File Polycom, Inc. C-25 T able C-18 Event Fields for Events 17, 23 - H323 P ARTICIP ANT CONNECTED, SIP P ARTICIP ANT CONNECTED Field Descrip tion Participant Name The name of the participant. An empty field “” denotes an unidentifi ed participant or a particip ant whose name is unspecified. Participant ID The ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 824

    Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide C-26 Polycom, Inc. Secondary Cause Note: This field is only rele vant if th e Parti cipant S tatus is Secondary . The cause for the secondary connection (not being a ble to connect the video channels), as follows: 0 - Default 11 - The incomin g video parameters ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 825

    Appendix C-CDR Fields - Unformatted File Polycom, Inc. C-27 Restrict Not supported. Always cont ains the value 0 . Audio Only Indicates the participant’s Audio Only setting, as follows: 0 - The participant is not an Audio Only participant 1 - The participant is an Audio Only participant 255 - Unknown Default Number Ty p e Note: This field is o nl ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 826

    Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide C-28 Polycom, Inc. Chair Not supported. Always contains the value 0 . Video Protocol The video protocol , as follows: 1 - H.261 2 - H.263 4 - H.264 255 -  Auto Broadcasting Vo l u m e The broadcasting volume assigned to the participant. The value is between 1 ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 827

    Appendix C-CDR Fields - Unformatted File Polycom, Inc. C-29 H.323 Participant Alias T ype/SIP Participant Address Ty p e Note: This field is only relevant to IP participant s. For H.323 participant s, the alias type, as follows: 7 - E164 8 - H.323 ID 13 - Email ID 14 - Participant number For SIP particip ants, t he address type, as follows: 1 - SIP ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 828

    Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide C-30 Polycom, Inc. T able C -22 Event Fields for Event 21 - SET P ARTICIP ANT DISPLA Y NAME Field Descrip tion Participant Name The original name of the participant, for example, the name automati cally assigned to an un defined participant, such as, “<conf ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 829

    Appendix C-CDR Fields - Unformatted File Polycom, Inc. C-31 Recording Link Name The name of the Recordi ng Link. Recording Link ID The Record ing Link ID. S tart Recording Policy The start recording policy , as follows: 1 - S tart rec ording automatically as soon as the first participant connects to the confer ence. 2 - S tart recording when reques ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 830

    Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide C-32 Polycom, Inc. Participant Current Rate The participant line rate in Kbps. T able C -28 Event Fields for Event 32 Field Descrip tion IP V6 IPv6 address of the participant’s endpoint. T able C -29 Event fields for Event 33 - P ARTY CHAIR UPDA TE Field Descr ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 831

    Appendix C-CDR Fields - Unformatted File Polycom, Inc. C-33 T able C-31 Event Fields for Event 35 - SVC SIP P ARTICIP ANT CONNECTED Field Description Participant Name The name of the particip ant. An empty field "" denotes an unidentified participant or a participant whose name is unspecified Participant ID The identification number assig ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 832

    Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide C-34 Polycom, Inc. T able C -33 Event Fields for Events 102,103, 104 - USER DELETE P ARTICIP ANT , USER DISCONNECT P ARTICIP ANT , USER RECONNECT P ARTICIP ANT Field Descrip tion User Name T he login name of the user who re connected the participant to the confe ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 833

    Appendix C-CDR Fields - Unformatted File Polycom, Inc. C-35 Party ID The identification number assigned to the participant by the MCU. Connection T ype The connection type, as follows: 0 - Dial-out 5 - Dial-in Bonding Mode Note: This fiel d is only relevant to ISDN/PSTN participants. Possible values are: 0 - Bonding is disabled 1 - Bonding is enabl ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 834

    Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide C-36 Polycom, Inc. Net SubService Name Note: This field is only relevant to dial-out, ISDN/PSTN participants. The network sub-se rvice name. An empty field “” means that MCU selects the default sub-service. Number of Party Phone Numbers Note: This field is o ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 835

    Appendix C-CDR Fields - Unformatted File Polycom, Inc. C-37 Video Protocol T he video protocol, as follows: 1 - H.261 2 - H.263 3 - H.264* 4 - H.264 255 -  Auto Audio Volume The broadcasting volume assigned to the participant. The value is between 1 (lowest) and 10 (loudest). Undefined T ype The participant type, as follows: 0 - Defined particip ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 836

    Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide C-38 Polycom, Inc. H.323 Party Alias T ype/SIP Party Address T ype Note: This field is only relevant to IP participants. For H.323 participants, the alias type, as follows: 7 - E164 8 - H.323 ID 11 - URL ID alias type 12 - T ransport ID 13 - Email ID 14 - Partic ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 837

    Appendix C-CDR Fields - Unformatted File Polycom, Inc. C-39 Disconnection Cause V alues T able C-39 Event Fields for Event 3010 - P ARTICIP ANT INFORMA TION Field Descrip tion Info1 Info2 Info3 Info4 The participant information fields. These fields enable users to enter gener al informa tion about the participant, such as the participant’ s e-mai ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 838

    Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide C-40 Polycom, Inc. 153 H323 call clos e. DRQ timeout 154 H323 call close. Alt Gatekeeper failure 191 H323 call clos e. Remote busy 192 H323 call close. No rmal 193 H323 call clos e. Remote reject 194 H323 call clos e. Remote unreachable 195 H323 call close. Unk ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 839

    Appendix C-CDR Fields - Unformatted File Polycom, Inc. C-41 261 SIP trans error TCP invite 300 SIP redirection 300 301 SIP moved permanently 302 SIP moved temporarily 305 SIP redirection 305 380 SIP redirection 380 400 SIP client error 400 401 SIP unauthorized 402 SIP client error 402 403 SIP forbidden 404 SIP not found 405 SIP client error 405 406 ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 840

    Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide C-42 Polycom, Inc. MGC Manager Event s that are not Supported by the MCU The following MGC Manager events are not supported by the MCU: • Event 8 - REMOTE COM MODE • Event 11 - ATM CHANNEL CONNECTED • Event 12 - ATM CHANNEL DISCONNECTED • Event 13 - MPI ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 841

    Polycom, Inc. D-1 Appendix D Ad Hoc Conferencing and External Dat abase Authentication The RealPresence Collaboration Server (R MX) Ad Hoc conferencing feature enables participants to start ongoing c onferences on-the-fly, without prio r definition when dialing an Ad Hoc-enabled Entry Queue. The created confer ence parameters are taken from the Pro ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 842

    Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide D-2 Polycom, Inc. 4 The MCU checks whether a conference with the same Confe rence ID is running on the MCU. If there is such a conference , the partic ipant is moved to that conference. If there is no ongoing conference with that Confere n ce ID, the system crea ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 843

    Appendix D-Ad Hoc Conferencing and Ext ernal Database Authentication Polycom, Inc. D-3 Entry Queue Level - Co nference Init iation V alidation with an External Dat abase Application Starting a new conference with external database application validation entails the following s teps: Figure D-2 Conference Initiation V alidation wi th External Databa ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 844

    Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide D-4 Polycom, Inc. — Conference Information, such as the co ntact person name. These fields correspond to Info 1, 2 and 3 fields in the Conference Properties - Information dial og box. — Maximum number of participan ts allowed for the conference — Conferenc ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 845

    Appendix D-Ad Hoc Conferencing and Ext ernal Database Authentication Polycom, Inc. D-5 Conference access authenti cation can be performed as: • Part of the Ad Hoc c onferencing flow where the participants must be authorized before they can enter the conference created in the Ad Hoc flow • Independent of Ad Hoc conferencing wher e conference acc ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 846

    Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide D-6 Polycom, Inc. • If the Conference IVR Service is configured to prompt for the chairperson identifier and password, the participant is requested to enter the chairperson identifier. — If no identifier is entered, the part icipant connects as a standard, u ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 847

    Appendix D-Ad Hoc Conferencing and Ext ernal Database Authentication Polycom, Inc. D-7 • If the Conference IVR Service is configured to prompt for the Conference password, the participant is requested to enter the conferen ce password. In this flow, the conference password is no t validated with the external databa se application, only with the M ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 848

    Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide D-8 Polycom, Inc. • Ad Hoc - enabled Entry Queue Ad Hoc conferencing must be enabled in the Entry Queue and a Profile must be assigned to the Entry Queue. In addition, an Entry Queue IVR Service supporting conference ID request. For details, see " Entry Q ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 849

    Appendix D-Ad Hoc Conferencing and Ext ernal Database Authentication Polycom, Inc. D-9 MCU Configuration to Communicate with an External Dat abase Application To enable the communication with the external database application, several flags must be set in the System Con figuration. To set the System Configuration flags: 1 On the Setup menu, click S ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 850

    Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide D-10 Polycom, Inc. Enabling External Dat abase V alidation for St arting New Ongoin g Conferences The validation of the participant’s ri ght to star t a new conference with an external database application is configured in the Entry Queu e IVR S ervice - Globa ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 851

    Polycom, Inc. E-1 Appendix E Particip ant Properties Advanced Channel Information The following appendix details the properties connected with information about audio and video parameters, as well as, problems with the network which can affect the audio and video quality. Ta b l e E - 1 Participant Properties - Channel St atus Advanced Parameters F ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 852

    Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide E-2 Polycom, Inc. RTP Stat is ti cs Actual loss The number of missing packets counted by the IP card as repo rted in the last RTP S tatistics report. If a packe t that was considered lost arrives later , it is deducted from the packet loss coun t. Packet loss is ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 853

    Appendix E-Particip ant Properties Advanced Channel Infor mation Polycom, Inc. E-3 Fragmented Indicates the number of packet s that arrived to the IP card fragmented (i.e., a single p acket brok en by the network in to multiple p acket s). This value can indicate the delay and reordering of fragmented packet s that require additional processing, bu ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 854

    Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide E-4 Polycom, Inc. ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 855

    Polycom, Inc. F-1 Appendix F Secure Communication Mode The RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) can be configured to wor k in Secure Mode by configuring the MCU and the RealPr esence Collaboration Server (RMX) Web Client to work with SSL/TLS. In this mode, a SSL/TLS Certificate is installed on the MCU, setting the MCU Li stening Port to secured ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 856

    Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide F-2 Polycom, Inc. — Client Authentication — Server Au thentica tion The certificate template used by your CA server may nee d modification to meet the RMX requirements. Cer tificate Requirement s for Polycom Devices Each Polycom device must have security cer ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 857

    Appendix F-Secure Communi cation Mode Polycom, Inc. F-3 The Create Certificate Request dialog box is displayed. 2 Enter information in all the followin g fields: 3 Click Send Details . T able F-2 Create Cert ificate R equest Field Description Country Name Enter any 2 letter code for the country name. St ate or Province Enter th e full name of the s ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 858

    Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide F-4 Polycom, Inc. The MCU creates a New Certificate Request and returns it to the Cre ate Certificate Request dialog box along with the i nformation the user submi tted. 4 Click Copy Request to copy the New Certificate Request to the workstation’s clipboard. 5 ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 859

    Appendix F-Secure Communi cation Mode Polycom, Inc. F-5 4 Click th e Send Certificate button to send the cert ificate to the MCU. The MCU validates the certificate. — If the certificate is not valid, an error mess age is displayed. — If the certifica te matches the private key, and the task is completed, a confirmation message indicating that t ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 860

    Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide F-6 Polycom, Inc. • A secure communication indicator ( ) is displayed in the browser’ s status bar. To enable secure communications mode: 1 In the RMX Management pane, click IP Network Services. 2 In the IP Network Services list pane, double-cli ck the Manag ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 861

    Appendix F-Secure Communi cation Mode Polycom, Inc. F-7 Ultra Secure Mode UL TRA_SECURE_MODE System Flag The Ultra Secure Mode is enabled or di sabled de pending on the value of the ULTRA_SECURE_MODE System Flag. In the Ultra Secure Mode ( ULTRA_SECURE_MODE =YES ) the enhanced security features of the version are rigorously enforced. The ULTRA_SECU ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 862

    Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide F-8 Polycom, Inc. It is important to verify that the external da tabase appl ication is operating in secure mode before enabling secure external database communications on the MCU . The MCU checks the validity of external database’s certificate befo re communi ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 863

    Appendix F-Secure Communi cation Mode Polycom, Inc. F-9 Offline Certificate V alidation Offline Certificate Validation has been enhanced to include the following rules and procedures: Peer Certificates The diagram below illustrates the peer certificate validation procedure . • The credentials of each certif icate received from a networke d peer a ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 864

    Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide F-10 Polycom, Inc. • The date of the MCU’s certificat e is checked for vali dity during power-up and when connecting to management applications ( RealPresence Collaboration Server Web Client and RMX Manager ). Certificate Revocation List • Each certificate ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 865

    Appendix F-Secure Communi cation Mode Polycom, Inc. F-11 4 Clear the Skip certificate validation for user logging session check box . 5 Click th e OK button. Default IP Network Service The steps needed to add a certificate to the Default IP Network Service are described in the RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/ 2000/4000 Administrator’ ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 866

    Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide F-12 Polycom, Inc. Managing Certificates in the Certification Repository A Certification Repository dialog box has been added to enable the administrator to add remove and monitor certificates on the MCU. It is accessed via the RealPresence Collaboration Server ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 867

    Appendix F-Secure Communi cation Mode Polycom, Inc. F-13 Double-clicking on a ce rtificate in any if the displayed list s, displays the cert ificate’s properties: Adding T rusted Certificates and CRLs to the Certification Repository Trusted Certificates and CRL s added to the Certification Repository ar e not automatically act iva ted . Th ey r e ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 868

    Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide F-14 Polycom, Inc. The Send Certificate dialog box is displayed. 2 Send the certificate to the MCU. Two options are available for sending the certificate to the MCU: — Paste Certificate and Send Cert ificate Use this option if the certificate has been received ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 869

    Appendix F-Secure Communi cation Mode Polycom, Inc. F-15 Option. Send Certificate Fil e After you have received the certificate file from the Certificate Authority: a Click Send Certificate Fil e . The Install File dialog box is displayed . b Select the Certificate File Format : PEM, DER, PKCS#7/P7B or PKCS#12PFX . c Enter the certificat e file nam ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 870

    Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide F-16 Polycom, Inc. Personal Certificates (Management and Signaling Certificates) Default Management and Default IP Network Service certificates can be viewed in the Personal Certificates tab. They are listed alongside the service to whic h they are attached. By ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 871

    Appendix F-Secure Communi cation Mode Polycom, Inc. F-17 Adding a CRL To add a CRL to the repository: Repeat steps 1 - 7 for each CRL that is to be added to the Certificat ion Repo sitory . 1 In the CRL List tab, click the Add button. 2 The Install File dialog box is displayed. 3 Select the Certifica te File Format : PEM or DER . 4 Enter the certif ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 872

    Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide F-18 Polycom, Inc. When the Activate Ce rtificate button is clicked , all added Trusted Certificates and CRL s are installed an d the MCU disp lays an RealPresence Collaboration Server Web Client/RMX Manager disconnection confir mation dialog box. 9 Click the OK ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 873

    Appendix F-Secure Communi cation Mode Polycom, Inc. F-19 Directory and Dat abase Options Ultra Secure Mode Internal MCU da tabase and Active Directory Authentication is first a ttempted using the inte rnal MCU database. If it is not successful authentication is attempted using the Active Directory . St andard Security Mode Internal MCU database + E ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 874

    Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide F-20 Polycom, Inc. •I n Standard Security Mode multiple accounts of all user types are supported. In Ultra Secure Mode , enablin g Active Directory inte gration is only permitted if the MCU only has one local Administrator User . •M u l t i p l e Machine Acc ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 875

    Appendix F-Secure Communi cation Mode Polycom, Inc. F-21 3 Click th e Role Mapping tab. The Directory Services - Role Mapping dialog box is dis played. Each of the MCU user types: Administrator , Administrator Read-Only, Auditor , Operator and Chairperson can be mapped to only one Active Directory Group or Role according to the customer’s specifi ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 876

    Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide F-22 Polycom, Inc. Restoring the RealPresence® Collaboration Server (RMX®) 1500/2000/4000 Using the USB Port When the RMX is in Ultra Secure Mode , the Restoring the RealPresence ® Collaboration Server Using the US B Port procedure can be used to set the RMX ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 877

    Polycom, Inc. G-1 Appendix G Configuring Direct Connections to RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) Direct connection to the RealPresence Collabor ation Ser ver (RMX) is necessary if you want to: •M o d i f y t h e M C U ’ s Factory Default M anagement Network settings without using the USB key. • Connect to the MCU’s Alternate Managemen ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 878

    Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide G-2 Polycom, Inc. Once logged in, the RealPresence Collaboration Se rver Web Client behaves as if the administrator had logged in on the Manag ement Network. Configuring the Wo rkst ation The following procedures show how to modify the workstation’s networking ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 879

    Appendix G-Configuring Direct Connect ions to RealPresence Collaboration Ser ver (RMX) Polycom, Inc. G-3 3 In the Local Area Connection Status dialog box, click the Properties button. 4 In the Local Area Connection Properties dialog box, sele ct Internet Protoco l [TCP/IP] > Properties . 5 In the Internet Protocol (TCP/IP) Properties dialog box, ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 880

    Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide G-4 Polycom, Inc. Example: IP address – near 192.168.1.nn The Subnet mask and Default gateway addresses s hould be the same as those for the MCU’s Management Network . The addresses needed for connection to either the MCU’s Default Management Network or Al ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 881

    Appendix G-Configuring Direct Connect ions to RealPresence Collaboration Ser ver (RMX) Polycom, Inc. G-5 The Fast Configuration Wizard starts. If no USB key i s detected and either : this is the First Time Power-up or the Default IP Service has been delete d and the MCU has been reset, the following dial og box is displayed: For more information ab ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 882

    Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide G-6 Polycom, Inc. Connecting to the Alterna te Management Network Access to the Alternate Management Network is via a cable connected to a workstation. The Alternate Management Network is accessible only vi a the dedicated LAN 3 port. To connect to the Altern at ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 883

    Appendix G-Configuring Direct Connect ions to RealPresence Collaboration Ser ver (RMX) Polycom, Inc. G-7 Connecting to th e MCU via Modem Remote access to the MCU’s Alternate Management Network is supported via an external PSTN <=> IP modem. To connect via modem to the Alternate Management Network the following procedur es must be performed ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 884

    Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide G-8 Polycom, Inc. Procedure 3: Create a Dial-up Connection To create a dial-up co nnection: This procedure is performed once. Only the Dial field in the Connect applet (see step 10 on page G-11 ) is modified for connect ion to different modems. 1 In Windo ws , n ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 885

    Appendix G-Configuring Direct Connect ions to RealPresence Collaboration Ser ver (RMX) Polycom, Inc. G-9 4 In the Getting Ready box, select Set up my connect ion manually and cli ck the Next button. 5 In the Internet Connection box, select Connect using dial-up modem and click the Next button. 6 In the Connection N ame box, enter a Name for the mod ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 886

    Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide G-10 Polycom, Inc. 7 In the Phone Number to Dial box, enter the Phone Number for the modem and click the Next button. 8 In the Connection Availability box, select Anyone’s use and click the Next button. 9 In the Internet Account Information box, complete the U ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 887

    Appendix G-Configuring Direct Connect ions to RealPresence Collaboration Ser ver (RMX) Polycom, Inc. G-11 10 The Connection applet is displa yed with the field values filled in as specified by the New Connection Wizard . 11 Click t he Dial button to establish a connection to LAN 3 Port via the modem. The Windows – Network Connections applet displ ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 888

    Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide G-12 Polycom, Inc. Procedure 4: Connect to the MCU To Connect using the RMX Manager: To use the browser: 4 In the browser’s command line, enter http://<MCU Control Unit IP Address>/ RmxManager.html and press Enter . To use the Windows Start menu: 1 Click ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 889

    Polycom, Inc. H-1 Appendix H Setting the MCU for Integration Into Microsof t Environment Overview The Polycom® Visual Communica tions offers high quality video and audio multipoint conferencing by integrating the Polycom netw ork devices and endpoints into Microsoft® platforms. The Polycom® RealPresence® Co llaboration Server (MCU) system can b ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 890

    Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide H-2 Polycom, Inc. TLS certificates can be ge nerated using the following methods: CSR, PFX and PEM ; each giving different options for Encryption Key length . Table H-1 lists the SIP TLS Encryption Key length support for the various system components. Conferenci ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 891

    Appendix H-Setting th e MCU for Integration Into Microsof t Environment Polycom, Inc. H-3 Figure H-1 MCU Multiple Networks T opology ICE is supported with this configuration from Version 7.8 onwar d. One Network Service including ICE can be configured per media card installed in the MCU as shown in Table H-2. Guidelines •I f ICE initiali zation f ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 892

    Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide H-4 Polycom, Inc. Interactive Connectivity Est ablishment (ICE) Interactive Connectivity Establishment (ICE) pr ovides a structure/pr otocol to unify the various NAT Traversal techniques th at are used to cross firewalls. It enables SIP based endpoints to connec ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 893

    Appendix H-Setting th e MCU for Integration Into Microsof t Environment Polycom, Inc. H-5 Remote - a connection between MCU that resides within the organization and an endpoint that resides outside of the organization ( on a WAN). For example , an endpoint on the internet that calls the MCU in Zone A. In such a case, the call has to traverse at lea ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 894

    Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide H-6 Polycom, Inc. Integrating the MCU into the Microsof t Office Communications Server Enviro nment When the MCU is integrated into th e Office Communications Server environment, calls to conferences running on the MCU can be ro uted using Matched URI dialing an ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 895

    Appendix H-Setting th e MCU for Integration Into Microsof t Environment Polycom, Inc. H-7 For example, if company B wants to set up fe deration with company A and receive and send SIP calls that will be handl ed by the Polycom SIP si gnaling domain in company A, you need to add the FQDN of the company A Office Co mmunications Server domain as well ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 896

    Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide H-8 Polycom, Inc. 3 Right-click the server pool icon, click Properties > Front End Properties . The Pool Front End Properties dialog box opens. 4 Click the Host Authorizat ion tab. ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 897

    Appendix H-Setting th e MCU for Integration Into Microsof t Environment Polycom, Inc. H-9 5 Click th e Add button to add the MCU as trusted host. The Add Authorized Host dialog box opens. 6 In the Add Authorized Host dialog box, enter the MCU FQDN name as defined in the DNS and will be used in th e Static Routes definition. 7 In the Settin gs secti ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 898

    Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide H-10 Polycom, Inc. 11 In the Matching URI section, enter the Domain name for the MCU. Any domain name can be used. 12 In the Next hop section enter th e MCU FQDN name as defined in the DNS and is used in the Host Authorization definition. 13 In the Transport fie ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 899

    Appendix H-Setting th e MCU for Integration Into Microsof t Environment Polycom, Inc. H-11 3 Right-click the Load icon, click Properties > Front End Pro perties . The Load Front End Properties dialog box opens. The definition procedure is the same as for se tting the MCU as trusted and define Static routes in the OCS. For details, see “Setting ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 900

    Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide H-12 Polycom, Inc. Dialing to an Entry Queue, Meet ing Room or Conference Using the Matched URI Method Once the MCU is configured for integration in the OCS en vironment (for details, see " Configuring the RMX 1500/2000/40 00 for Microsoft Integration” on ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 901

    Appendix H-Setting th e MCU for Integration Into Microsof t Environment Polycom, Inc. H-13 • Establishing a Voice R oute to the MCU “Voice” Gateway - The Voice Route to the MCU (or DMA) must be co nfigured i n the OCS infrastruct ure. • Configure Office Communicator Users for Enterprise Voice. MCU side: The following tasks are detailed in & ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 902

    Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide H-14 Polycom, Inc. 3 In the Trusted Hosts list, click the MCU entry and then click the Remove button. 4 Click OK . Configuring the MCU as a Rout able Gateway The MCU must be set as a routable voice gateway in the Office Communications Server infrastructure. This ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 903

    Appendix H-Setting th e MCU for Integration Into Microsof t Environment Polycom, Inc. H-15 3 Run the following command: cscript OCSTrustEntry.vbs /action:add /type:trustedservice / fqdn:<your FQDN> /service:MediationServer /port:5061 /version:4 /routable:TRUE Where <your FQDN> is the FQDN of your MCU sy stem. The script automatically ge ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 904

    Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide H-16 Polycom, Inc. The Office Communications Server Voice Properties dialog box opens. 2 Click the Routes tab. Office Communications Server Voice Properties - Routes dialog box opens. 3 Click the Add button. The Add Route dialog box opens. 4 In the Name field, e ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 905

    Appendix H-Setting th e MCU for Integration Into Microsof t Environment Polycom, Inc. H-17 If you have not defined such a prefix in the IP Network Service in the MCU configuration, you can add it la ter, using value entered here. 7 In the Gateways - Addresses box, click the Ad d button. The Add Route Gateway dialog box opens. 8 Select the MCU gatew ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 906

    Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide H-18 Polycom, Inc. Configuring Office Communicator Users for Enterprise V oice Each of the endpoints in the OCS environment must be set to use the voice route. The setting is done in the Office Co mmunic ations Server management console for all required users (e ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 907

    Appendix H-Setting th e MCU for Integration Into Microsof t Environment Polycom, Inc. H-19 10 On the Configure Enterprise Voice Se tting s and Location Profile dialog box, select Change Enterprise Voice Polic y for selected users . 11 Select an E nterprise Voice polic y from the li st. 12 Select Change location profile for selected us ers. 13 Selec ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 908

    Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide H-20 Polycom, Inc. To Configure Offi ce Communicator Users for Ent erprise Voice in the in the Acti ve Directory: 1 Open the Active Directory and navigate to the endpoint whose properties require changi ng. 2 Right-click the endpoint a nd select Properties . The ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 909

    Appendix H-Setting th e MCU for Integration Into Microsof t Environment Polycom, Inc. H-21 St arting a Conferencing Call from the MOC 1 In the Office Communicator application, ente r the number to dial, for example, 113344. This number is composed of the MCU Prefix in the Gatekeeper (for example, 11) and the Meeting Room ID, as defined on the MCU ( ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 910

    Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide H-22 Polycom, Inc. PFX Method - Creating the Security (TLS) Certificate in the OCS and Exporting the Certificate to the MCU W orkst ation If you are using the PFX method to create an d send the securi ty ce rtificate to the MCU, certificate fil es rootCA.pem , p ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 911

    Appendix H-Setting th e MCU for Integration Into Microsof t Environment Polycom, Inc. H-23 4 Select Create a New Certificate and click Next . The Delayed or Immediate Request window appears. 5 Select Send the Request immediat ely to an online certificate autho rity and click Next . The Name and Security Settings window appears. ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 912

    Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide H-24 Polycom, Inc. 6 In the Name field, select the MCU name you ente red in the FQDN field when defining the trusted host or as defined in the DNS server. 7 Select the Mark cert as exportable check box. 8 Click Next . The Organization Information window appears. ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 913

    Appendix H-Setting th e MCU for Integration Into Microsof t Environment Polycom, Inc. H-25 10 In the Subject name field, select the FQDN name of the MCU from the list or enter its name. Keep the default selection in the Subject alternate name field and cl ick Next . 11 If an error message is displaye d, click Yes to continue. The Geographical Infor ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 914

    Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide H-26 Polycom, Inc. 13 Ensure that the Select a certificate authority fr om the list de tected in yo ur environment option is selected and that the local OCS f ront end entity is s elected. 14 Click Next . The Request Summary window appears. 15 Click Next to conf ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 915

    Appendix H-Setting th e MCU for Integration Into Microsof t Environment Polycom, Inc. H-27 16 Select Assign certificate later and click Next (MS R2). The Certificate Wizard Completed window appears (MS R2). 17 Click Finish (MS R2). Retrieving the Certificate from th e OCS to be sent to the MCU Workst ation 1 In the OCS Enterprise Pools tree, expand ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 916

    Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide H-28 Polycom, Inc. 4 Select the certificate Subject Name of the MCU and click Next. The Export Certificate window appears. 5 Enter the path and file name of the certificate file to be exported or click the Browse button to select the path from the list. The new ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 917

    Appendix H-Setting th e MCU for Integration Into Microsof t Environment Polycom, Inc. H-29 7 If required, enter any password. For example, Polycom . Write down this password as you will have to manually create a password file in which this password will appear. Click Next . The Certificate Wizard Completed window appears. 8 Click Finish . The creat ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 918

    Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide H-30 Polycom, Inc. Supporting Remote and Federated User s in Office Commu nications Server ICE Environment To enable the remote and Federation conne ct ions the following operations must be performed: • Create an Active Directory accou nt for the MCU that will ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 919

    Appendix H-Setting th e MCU for Integration Into Microsof t Environment Polycom, Inc. H-31 3 In the New Use r wizard, define the fo llowing parameters: 4 Click Next . 5 Enter the pass word that complies with th e Active Directory convention s and confirm the password. 6 Select the options: User cannot change password and Password never expires . Cl ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 920

    Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide H-32 Polycom, Inc. 7 Click Next . The system displays summary information. 8 Click Finish . The new User is added to the Active Directory Users list. Enabling the MCU User Account for Office Communication Server The new MCU user must be enabled for re gistration ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 921

    Appendix H-Setting th e MCU for Integration Into Microsof t Environment Polycom, Inc. H-33 3 In the Sign in name field, enter the MCU user name in the format SIP:rmx user name (for example sip:rmx1234) and select the doma in name (for example, ilsnd.vsg.local) as entered in the New User dial og box. 4 Select the Server or Pool from the list . 5 Cli ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 922

    Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide H-34 Polycom, Inc. MCU Integration into the Microsof t L ync Server 2010 and L ync Server 2013 Environment s From Version 7.8, the RMX interoperability leve l with Lync 2013 is identical to Lync 2010. Lync 2013 is backward compatible with all RMX Lync 2010 featu ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 923

    Appendix H-Setting th e MCU for Integration Into Microsof t Environment Polycom, Inc. H-35 FEC Support Microsoft RTV FEC (Forward Error Correction) is supported in the MCU to control and correct packet loss when receiving and send ing video streams using the Microsoft Lync Server 2010 communications software. All RTV resolutions and options, includ ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 924

    Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide H-36 Polycom, Inc. Configuring the RMX 1500/2000/4000 for Microsof t Integration The MCU is integrated in Microsoft Office Communica tions Server R2 (Wave 13) and Microsoft Lync Server environments by setting its Transport Type (in the SIP server configuration ) ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 925

    Appendix H-Setting th e MCU for Integration Into Microsof t Environment Polycom, Inc. H-37 6 View or modify the following fields: 7 Click OK . Defining a SIP Network Service in the MCU and Inst alling the Security Certificate Your RMX 1500/2000/4000 system should be in stalled according to standard installation procedures. For details, see the Real ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 926

    Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide H-38 Polycom, Inc. The CSR Method In the CSR method, the security cert ificate is created as part of the SIP Server configuration in the IP Network Service configuration. Using the CSR Method, the following processes are performed: • Creating the certificate r ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 927

    Appendix H-Setting th e MCU for Integration Into Microsof t Environment Polycom, Inc. H-39 The Default IP Service - Networkin g IP dialog box opens. 4 Make sure the IP Network Type is set to H.323 & SIP even though SIP will be the only call setup used with Office Communications Server 2007. 5 Make su re that the cor rect parame ters are defi ne ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 928

    Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide H-40 Polycom, Inc. 6 Click the SIP Servers tab. 7 In the SIP Server, select Specify. 8 In the SIP Server Type, select Microsoft . 9 Enter the IP address of the Office Communica tions Server 2007 or Lync Server 2010 and the Server Domain Name as defined in the OC ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 929

    Appendix H-Setting th e MCU for Integration Into Microsof t Environment Polycom, Inc. H-41 CSR Method - Creati ng the Certificate 12 Click th e Create Certificate button. The Create Certificate Request dialog box is displayed. 13 Enter information in all the followin g fields: 14 Click Send Details . Ta b l e H - 1 Create Certificate Request Field ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 930

    Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide H-42 Polycom, Inc. The MCU creates a New Certificate Request and returns it to the Cre ate Certificate Request dialog box along with the i nformation the user submi tted. 15 Click Copy Request to copy the New Certificate Request to the workstation’s clipboard. ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 931

    Appendix H-Setting th e MCU for Integration Into Microsof t Environment Polycom, Inc. H-43 CSR Method - Sending th e certificate After you have received the certificate from the Certificate Authority: 19 Open the Certificate Authority e-mai l and Copy ( Ctrl + C ) the certificate informat ion from the Certificate Authority’s e-ma il to the clipbo ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 932

    Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide H-44 Polycom, Inc. — If the certifica te matches the private key, and the task is completed, a confirmation message indicating that the certificat e was created successfully is displayed. 26 If no additional conf igurat ion is requir ed, reset the MCU. PFX Met ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 933

    Appendix H-Setting th e MCU for Integration Into Microsof t Environment Polycom, Inc. H-45 28 Click th e Browse button. The Op en dialog box appears , letting you select th e certif icate file(s) to send to the M CU. Depending on the method used when the ce rtificate file(s) were created, send the certificate file(s) to the MCU according to th e co ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 934

    Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide H-46 Polycom, Inc. 33 In the Reset Confirmation di a l o g b o x , c l i c k No to modify the required system flags before resetting the MCU, or click Yes if the flag was already set . Polycom MCU System Flag Configuration Enabling the Micros of t Environment Th ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 935

    Appendix H-Setting th e MCU for Integration Into Microsof t Environment Polycom, Inc. H-47 In some configurations, the following flags may require modifications when MS_ENVIRONMENT f lag is set to YES: Setting the audio protocol for the Microsof t Client running on a single core PC By default, Microsoft Office Communicator R2 or Lync Clients are co ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 936

    Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide H-48 Polycom, Inc. • G711A/U or G722 – Set this flag value according to the hosting wo rkstation capabilities. If the MCU detects single core host during capabilities exchange it will assign a G.711 or G.722 Audio algorithm accordi ng to the flag value. Poss ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 937

    Appendix H-Setting th e MCU for Integration Into Microsof t Environment Polycom, Inc. H-49 The following table describes the number of allocated video resources for each video resolution when using the RTV protocol. VGA > 600 kbps VGA 30fp s VGA 30fps VGA 15fps 250 kbps - 600 kbps VGA 30fps VGA 30fps VGA 15fp s 180 kbps - 249 kbps CIF CIF CIF 64 ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 938

    Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide H-50 Polycom, Inc. HD Frame Rate Flag Settings using the RTV Video Protocol The system flag MAX_ALLOWED_RTV_HD_F RAME_RATE define s the threshold Frame Rate (fps) in which RTV Video Pr otocol initiates HD resolutions. Flag values are a s follows: •D e f a u l ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 939

    Appendix H-Setting th e MCU for Integration Into Microsof t Environment Polycom, Inc. H-51 Adding Presence to Conferen cing Entities in the Buddy List Registration of conferencing entities (Meeting Rooms, Entry Queues and SIP Factories) with the SIP server adds these confer encing entities to the buddy list with their presence. It enables the Offic ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 940

    Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide H-52 Polycom, Inc. •I n Multiple Ne tworks configuration, an IP Network Servi ce that is enabled for registration in a Conference Profile cannot be deleted. • Upgrading from previous versions to versi on 7.1 and later requires manual update of the registrati ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 941

    Appendix H-Setting th e MCU for Integration Into Microsof t Environment Polycom, Inc. H-53 3 In the New Use r wizard, define the fo llowing parameters: 4 Click Next . 5 Enter the pass word that complies with th e Active Directory convention s and confirm the password. 6 Select the options: User cannot change password and Password never expires . Cl ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 942

    Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide H-54 Polycom, Inc. Enabling the Conferencing Entity User Account for Office Communication Server or L ync Server The new Conferencing Entity user must be enabled for registration with the Office Communications Server or Lync Server. To enable the Confer encing E ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 943

    Appendix H-Setting th e MCU for Integration Into Microsof t Environment Polycom, Inc. H-55 8 Select the following parameters: — In Assign users to a pool fie ld, select the required pool. — In the Generate user SIP URI , define the SIP URI of the confe rencing entity using one of the following methods: • Select the Specify a SIP URI option an ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 944

    Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide H-56 Polycom, Inc. Selective registration is enabled by assigning a conference P rofile in which registration is enabled to the conferencing entities that requ ire registration. Assignin g a conference Profile in which registration is disa bled (registration ch ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 945

    Appendix H-Setting th e MCU for Integration Into Microsof t Environment Polycom, Inc. H-57 V erifying the MCU Conferencing En tity Routing Name and Profile MCU conferencing entity can be dialed dire ctly from the buddy list of the Office Communications client or the Lync client if its routing name matches the user name of Active Directory account y ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 946

    Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide H-58 Polycom, Inc. the SIP server may be down, or any other re ason the affects the connection between the MCU or the SIP Server to the network. • Registered - the conferencing entity is registered with the SIP Server. • Partially Reg istered - This status i ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 947

    Appendix H-Setting th e MCU for Integration Into Microsof t Environment Polycom, Inc. H-59 Conferencing Entity Properties Registration status is reflected in the Properties - Network Service s dialog box: Figure H-7 Ongoing conferen ce Properties - Network Services - SIP Registration Figure H-8 Meeting Room Properties - Network Servi ces - SIP Regi ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 948

    Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide H-60 Polycom, Inc. MCU Configuration fo r CAC Implement ation Enabling CAC Implementation CAC is enabled by manually adding the flags to the system Configuration and setting their values as follows: • To enable the Call Admission Control implementat ion in the ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 949

    Appendix H-Setting th e MCU for Integration Into Microsof t Environment Polycom, Inc. H-61 For example, if a participa nt with a line rate of 900Kbps connects to the conference to which all other participants are connected at a line rate of 1024kbps, the line rate of all participants will decrease to 900Kbps. Whe n this particip ant disconnects, th ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 950

    Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide H-62 Polycom, Inc. Connecting an MCU Meeti ng Room to a Microsoft A V -MCU Conference Microsoft Lync users can connect an MCU Meet ing Room to a confere nce running on the Microsoft A/V MCU. This allows MCU Lync user s to connect with a confe rence in progress o ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 951

    Appendix H-Setting th e MCU for Integration Into Microsof t Environment Polycom, Inc. H-63 Configuring the MCU for Federated (ICE) Dialing The MCU Default IP Network Service must be configured to work with the Of fice Communication Server/Lync Server as the SIP Server and the MCU user defined in the Active Directory must also be defined in th e MCU ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 952

    Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide H-64 Polycom, Inc. 7 Click the SIP Advanced tab. 8 In the ICE Envi ronmen t field, select MS (for Microsoft ICE implementation) to enable the ICE integration. This field is disabled if the MCU is running in MPM Card Configuration Mode . 9 In the Server User Name ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 953

    Appendix H-Setting th e MCU for Integration Into Microsof t Environment Polycom, Inc. H-65 Monitoring the Connection to the STUN and Relay Se rvers in the ICE Environment 1 In the MCU Web browser, in the MCU Management pane, click Signali ng Monitor . 2 In the Signaling Monitor pane, click the IP Network Service entry. 3 Click th e ICE Servers tab. ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 954

    Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide H-66 Polycom, Inc. 2 Click the Channel Status - Adva nced tab. The following connection in formation is displayed: Ta b l e H - 8 Participant Properties - IC E Connection Parameters Field Description MCU IP Address The local IP addre ss and port (in the format I ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 955

    Appendix H-Setting th e MCU for Integration Into Microsof t Environment Polycom, Inc. H-67 For detailed descripti on of ICE Active alarms, see " ICE Active Alarms” on page H-69 . Active Alarms and T roubleshooting Active Alarms The following ac tive alarms may be displaye d in the MCU System Alerts pane when the MCU is configured for integra ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 956

    Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide H-68 Polycom, Inc. SIP TLS: Registration transport error This alarm indicates that the communication with the SIP server cannot be established. Possible causes are: • Incorrect IP address of the SIP server • The SIP server liste ning port is other than the o ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 957

    Appendix H-Setting th e MCU for Integration Into Microsof t Environment Polycom, Inc. H-69 ICE Active Alarms When ICE environment is enabled in the MCU, failure to communicate with a required component triggers the display of an Active Alarm in the System Alerts pane. The following table lists these act ive alarms: Ta b l e 9 ICE Environment - MCU ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 958

    Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide H-70 Polycom, Inc. T roubleshooting • At the end of the installation and configurat ion process, to test the solution and the integration with the OCS, create an ongoing c onference with two pa rticipants , one dial- in and one dial-out and connect them to the ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 959

    Appendix H-Setting th e MCU for Integration Into Microsof t Environment Polycom, Inc. H-71 Known Issues • Selecting Pause my Video in OC client causes the call to downgrade to audi o only call if the call was not in Audio Only mode at all (the call was starte d as a video call). If the call is started as an audio only call and video is added to i ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 960

    Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide H-72 Polycom, Inc. ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 961

    Polycom, Inc. I-1 Appendix I Polycom Open Collaboration Network (POCN) Collaboration With Cisco’ s T elepresence Interoperability Protocol (TIP) TIP is a proprietary protocol created by Cisco for deployment in Cisc o TelePresence systems (CTS) . Since TIP is not compatible with standa rd video communication systems, interoperability between Cisco ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 962

    Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide I-2 Polycom, Inc. TIP -enabled endpoints must support TIP Ver sion 7 or higher. Calls from endpoints supporting older versions of TIP will be rejected. Deployment Architectures The following multipoi nt topologies are gi ven as examples. Actu al deployments will ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 963

    Appendix I-Polycom Open Collaborati on Network (POCN) Polycom, Inc. I-3 The following table lists comp onents and versions of the MCU and Cisco Telepre sence Systems (CTS) Integration Soluti on Architecture . Ta b l e I - 1 Solution Architecture Compone nts Component Ve r s i o n Description CISCO Equipment CUCM 8.5.1, 8.6.2 Ci sco Unifie d Communi ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 964

    Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide I-4 Polycom, Inc. Polycom Equipment DMA 7000 4.0 Pol ycom Distributed Media Application • DMA is an optional component but is essential if Content sharing is to be enabled. • All SIP endpoints register to DMA as a SIP Proxy . • DMA should be configured to ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 965

    Appendix I-Polycom Open Collaborati on Network (POCN) Polycom, Inc. I-5 Call Flows Multipoint call with DMA In this example: • MCU prefix in the gatekeeper 72 • Virtual Meeting Room in DMA 725123 • DMA Meeting Numb er Generated by DMA ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 966

    Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide I-6 Polycom, Inc. Multipoint call without DMA In this example: • MCU prefix in the gatekeeper 72 • CUCM According to its Dial Plan forwards calls with prefix 72 to the MCU ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 967

    Appendix I-Polycom Open Collaborati on Network (POCN) Polycom, Inc. I-7 Comp any to Comp any Models Using a Service Provider Using this topology, both companies connect to a Service Provider via a Cisco Session Border Controller ( SBC) . The Service Pr ovider functions as a B2B Telepresence Exchange, enabling multipoint calls between the two compan ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 968

    Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide I-8 Polycom, Inc. Model 1 The deployment architecture in Figure I-2 shows two companies: Company A and Company B . Company A - has deployed a Polycom solution including: • DMA • MCU • MLA • CMA Gatekeeper • Polycom telephony and desktop endpoints. The ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 969

    Appendix I-Polycom Open Collaborati on Network (POCN) Polycom, Inc. I-9 Call Flow Multipoint call via Serv ice Provider - Model 1 In this example: • MCU prefix in the gatekeeper 72 • Virtual Meeting Room in DMA 725123 • DMA Meeting Numb er Generated by DMA ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 970

    Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide I-10 Polycom, Inc. Model 2 The deployment architecture in Figure I-3 shows two companies: Company A and Company B . Company A - has the same deployment architecture as shown in "Single Company Model - Polycom and Cisco Infrastructure” on page I-2 . Compan ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 971

    Appendix I-Polycom Open Collaborati on Network (POCN) Polycom, Inc. I-11 The deployment architecture includes: Company A For a full description of Company A’s deployment, see " Single Company Model - Polycom and Cisco Infrastructure” on page I-2 . Differing or additional configuration requirem ents for each element of this deployment model ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 972

    Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide I-12 Polycom, Inc. Call Flow Multipoint call via Serv ice Provider - Model 2 In this example: • MCU prefix in the gatekeeper 72 • Virtual Meeting Room in DMA 725123 • CUCM According to its Dial Plan forwards calls with pref ix 72 to the MCU ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 973

    Appendix I-Polycom Open Collaborati on Network (POCN) Polycom, Inc. I-13 Administration The various deployment combinations and settings within the various Deployment Architectures affects the administration of the system. Gatekeepers St andalone Polycom CM A System as a Gatekeeper The Polycom CMA system can be used as the only ga tekeeper for the ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 974

    Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide I-14 Polycom, Inc. Configuring the Cisco and Polycom Equipment MLA ( Multipoint Layout Application ) is requ ired for managing CTS 3XXX layouts whether Polycom TPX, RPX or OTX systems are deployed or not. ML A is a Windows ® application that allows conference a ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 975

    Appendix I-Polycom Open Collaborati on Network (POCN) Polycom, Inc. I-15 For more information see " Procedure 4: Co nfiguring a TIP Enabled Profile on the MCU” on page I-19 . Cisco Equipment To configure the various Cisco entities the following procedures are required. CUCM 1 Configure the CU CM to send and receive calls from the H .323 netw ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 976

    Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide I-16 Polycom, Inc. The following procedures 1 - 16 are a summary of the configuration procedures. The detailed procedures 1 - 16 begin with " Procedure 1: Set the MIN_TIP_COM PATIBILITY_LI NE_RATE System Flag” on page I-17 . MCU 1 Set the MIN_TIP_COMPATIB ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 977

    Appendix I-Polycom Open Collaborati on Network (POCN) Polycom, Inc. I-17 12 Configuring CMA to route H.323 calls to CUCM 13 Configuring CMA to route non-H.323 calls to CUCM The proce dures for conf iguring CMA are described in detai l in the Polycom Unified Communications Deployment Gu ide for Cisco Environments. Endpoints 14 Configuring H.323 endp ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 978

    Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide I-18 Polycom, Inc. b The Port field must be set to it’s default value: 50 60 . (By default, t he Outbound Proxy Server is the same as the SIP Server .) When configuring MCU to statically route SIP calls to DMA or CUCM , it is important to also configure the MC ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 979

    Appendix I-Polycom Open Collaborati on Network (POCN) Polycom, Inc. I-19 2 In the MCU Prefix in Gatekeeper field, enter the prefix that the MCU uses to register with the gatekeeper. Procedure 4: Configuring a TI P Enabled Profile on the MCU TIP enabled profiles must be used for the Entry Queues and Meeting Rooms defined on the MCU. (Different Profi ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 980

    Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide I-20 Polycom, Inc. 2 In the New Profile - General tab, set the Line Rate to a value of at leas t that specified for the MIN_TIP_COMPATIBILITY_LINE_RATE System Flag in Procedure 1 . 3 Click the Advanced tab. 4 Select the TIP Compatibility mode: Video and Content ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 981

    Appendix I-Polycom Open Collaborati on Network (POCN) Polycom, Inc. I-21 Tables 10, 11 and 12 list the system ’s Content sharing behavior for the various combinations of TIP Compatibility mode settings and the following endpoints: Polycom Immersive Telepresence Systems ( ITP ) Version 3.0.3 : Polycom video conferencing endpoints ( HDX ) Version 3 ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 982

    Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide I-22 Polycom, Inc. 5 Click the Video Quality tab. Content Settings is disabled i f TIP Compatibility is set to Video and Content in the Advanced tab. ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 983

    Appendix I-Polycom Open Collaborati on Network (POCN) Polycom, Inc. I-23 6 Click th e Video Settings tab. If the TIP Compatibility Mode was set to Video and Content , the Send Content to Legacy Endpoints disabled. This setting cannot be changed. 7 Set the Telepresence Mode to Auto . 8 Assign the New Profile to the Mee ting Room. For more informatio ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 984

    Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide I-24 Polycom, Inc. 2 In the New Entry Queue or Entry Queue Properties dialog box, ensure that Ad Hoc is selected. 3 Ensure that the Entry Que ue is designated as the Transit Entry Queue as described in " Setting a Transit Entry Queue” on page 7-6 . Proced ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 985

    Appendix I-Polycom Open Collaborati on Network (POCN) Polycom, Inc. I-25 b Click the Advanced tab. c Ensure that: • Video Bit Rate is set to Automatic or at least equal to or greater than the value specified by the MIN_TIP_COMPATIBILITY_LINE_RATE System Flag . • Resolution is set to Auto or at least HD 720 . • Video Protocol is set to Auto or ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 986

    Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide I-26 Polycom, Inc. • Cisco TelePresence® System ( CTS ) Versio ns 1.7 / 1.8 — CTS 1300 — CTS 3010 Deployment Architecture • DMA is required as all calls are dial-in to Virtual Meeting Rooms ( VMR ) provisioned on the DMA . • Microsoft and Cisco client ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 987

    Appendix I-Polycom Open Collaborati on Network (POCN) Polycom, Inc. I-27 The following are not supported: •I n the Lync environment : — Sending or receiving Content . — Dial-out to Lync clients. — Presence of VMRs •I n the Cisco environ ment : — TLS and SRTP — OBTP CMA 6.0.1 CMAD 5.2.3 ITP (OTX, RPX, A TX, TPX) 3.0.5 Conferen cing for ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 988

    Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide I-28 Polycom, Inc. Call Flow Multipoint Calls using DMA In this example: • Endpoint registration to either DMA , Lync or CUCM. • DMA dial in Prefix 72 • Virtual Meeting Room in DMA 725123 • DMA Meeting Number Generated by DM A Administration The various ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 989

    Appendix I-Polycom Open Collaborati on Network (POCN) Polycom, Inc. I-29 DMA The DMA system can be configured as a SIP proxy and registrar for the environment as well as a Gatekeeper for dial in H.323 ca lls. Wh en c onf igu red as a Gateway for dial in H.323 calls, it enables H .323 endpoints to connect to the same VMR as SIP clients. When used as ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 990

    Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide I-30 Polycom, Inc. iiiBrowse to t he saved Certificate on the Workstation and click the Yes button to install the certificate. For more information see: •" Setting the MCU for Integration Into Microsoft Environment” on page H-1 . • Polycom Unified Com ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 991

    Appendix I-Polycom Open Collaborati on Network (POCN) Polycom, Inc. I-31 i In the Outbound Proxy Servers table, the Por t field must be set to 50 61 . (The same value as ent ered in Step g.) For more information see the Polycom Unified Communications Deployment Guide for Microsoft Environments . 4 Set the MIN_TIP_COMPATIBILITY_LINE_RATE System Flag ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 992

    Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide I-32 Polycom, Inc. For more information see the Polycom Unified Com munications Deployment Guide for Cisco Environm ents , “ Direct Registration of Polycom Telep resence Systems with the Cisc o Unified Communications Manager ”. 13 Register HDX endpoints to t ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 993

    Appendix I-Polycom Open Collaborati on Network (POCN) Polycom, Inc. I-33 c Click the Advanced tab. d Select the TIP Compatibility mode: Video and Content is recommended. Tables I-1, I-2 and I-3 list the system’s Content sharing behavior for the various combinations of TIP Compatibility mode settings and the following endpoints: Polycom Immersive ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 994

    Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide I-34 Polycom, Inc. Selecting TIP Compatibility as Video and Content disabl es Content Settin gs in the Video Quality tab. Ta b l e I - 2 TIP Compatibility - Video Only Vid eo Only Content Receiver HDX / ITP CTS Content Sender HDX / ITP H.239 None CTS None None T ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 995

    Appendix I-Polycom Open Collaborati on Network (POCN) Polycom, Inc. I-35 Encryption Set the encryption setting in the conference Profile to Encrypt When Possible. Set the FORCE_ENCRYPTION_FOR_UNDEFINED_P ARTICIPANT_ IN_WH EN_AVAILABLE_M ODE System Flag to NO These setting will enable encrypted and non-encrypted H.323 participants to connect to encr ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 996

    Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide I-36 Polycom, Inc. If the TIP Compatibility Mode was set to Video and Content , the Send Content to Legacy Endpoints disabled. This setting cannot be changed. g Set the Telepresence Mode to Auto . 16 Configure a Virtual Meeting Room ( VMR ) on the DMA The proced ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 997

    Appendix I-Polycom Open Collaborati on Network (POCN) Polycom, Inc. I-37 19 Configure SIP endpoints to register to: • DMA as SIP Proxy • Lync Server as SIP Pr oxy • CUCM as SIP Proxy The procedures for configuring SIP endpoints are described in detail in the Polycom Unified Communi cations Deploym ent Guide for Cisco Environments. 20 Configur ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 998

    Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide I-38 Polycom, Inc. Operations During Ongoing Conferences Moving participants between TIP enabled m eetings and non TIP enabled meetings is not possible. Monitoring CTS Particip ants 1 In the Participant List pane double-click the partici pant entry. Alternativel ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 999

    Appendix I-Polycom Open Collaborati on Network (POCN) Polycom, Inc. I-39 When viewing CTS systems in the Participants list, the in dividual video screens and the Audio Channel ( AUX ) of the CTS system are listed as s eparate participants. The Participant list below shows a connected CTS 3000, a 3-screen system. L ync Particip ants (RTV) 1 In the P ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 1000

    Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide I-40 Polycom, Inc. 3 Click the Channel Status - Adva nced tab 4 In the Channel Info drop-down menu select Video Out. Media Info displays RTV Channel Status parameters: ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 1001

    Appendix I-Polycom Open Collaborati on Network (POCN) Polycom, Inc. I-41 Known Limit ations The following may occur in the collaborative environment: • Artifacts and ghosting may appear when Lync Clients and CTS endpoints connect to the VMR . Frequency: Seldom. • Lync Client receives fast updates ( Intra ) from CTS 500 endpoints causing the scr ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 1002

    Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide I-42 Polycom, Inc. ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 1003

    Polycom, Inc. J-1 Appendix J Restoring Default s USB Restore Default s The USB port of an MCU in Ultra Secure Mode can be used to: • Restore the MCU to Factory Security Defaults mode (https  http). •P e r f o r m a Comprehensive Restore to Factory Defaults •P e r f o r m a n Emergency CRL (Certificate Revocation List) Updat e USB Port s on ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 1004

    Polycom RealPresence Coll aboration Server (RMX) 150 0/2000/4000 Admini strator’s Guide J-2 Polycom, Inc. • RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 20 00 - at the bottom right corner of the RTM IP card on the back pane l . • RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 40 00 - at the bottom right corner of the RTM IP 4000 card on the back panel. R ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 1005

    Appendix J-Restori ng Defaults Polycom, Inc. J-3 2 Power the MCU Of f and then On . 3 Login using http ://<Control Unit IP Address>. Comprehensive Restore to Factory Default s Inserting a USB key containing a file named Rest oreToFactoryDefault.txt an d a l an.cfg file will cause the MCU to exit Secure Mode and perfo rm a Comprehensive Restor ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 1006

    Polycom RealPresence Coll aboration Server (RMX) 150 0/2000/4000 Admini strator’s Guide J-4 Polycom, Inc. Procedure A: Backup Configuration Files The Software Management menu is used to backup and restore the MCU's configuration files and to download MCU software. To backup configuration files: 1 On the RMX Menu , click Administration > S ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 1007

    Polycom, Inc. K-1 Appendix K SIP RFC Support Ta b l e K - 1 SIP RFC Support in RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) Systems SIP RFC Description Note 1321 MD5 2032 R T P Payload for H.261 2205 RSVP 2327 Session Description Protocol (SDP) 2429 RTP Payload for H.263+ 2833 RTP Payload for DTMF 2617 HTTP Authentication 2976 SIP Info Method 3261 SIP 3 ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 1008

    Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide K-2 Polycom, Inc. 4566 Sess ion Description Protocol(SDP) 4568 SDP Security Descriptions 4573 H.224 RTP Payload (FECC) 4574 SDP Label Attribute 4582 Binary Floor Control Protocol (BFCP) 4583 SDP for BFCP 4796 SDP Content Attribute 5168 XML Schema for Media Contr ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 1009

    Polycom, Inc. L-1 Appendix L Homologation for Brazil H.323 & SIP Protocol Flag Options Using a set of system flags, the user has the ab ility to select either Polycom proprietary or H.323/SIP standard protocol settings. H.323 & SIP Flag Settings Three flags are enabled on the MCU, allowing the us e r to d e f i n e a n d s e l e c t ei t h ...

  • Polycom RMX 1500 - page 1010

    Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/200 0/4000 Administrator’s Guide L-2 Polycom, Inc. Flag name: H323_TIMERS_SET_INDEX Flag description: Enables or di sables H.323 index timer accordin g to standard or proprietary H.323 protocol. Section CS_MODU LE_PARAMETERS Possible values: 0 - Sets the H.323 index timer to Polycom proprietary ...

Manufacturer Polycom Category Stereo Receiver

Documents that we receive from a manufacturer of a Polycom RMX 1500 can be divided into several groups. They are, among others:
- Polycom technical drawings
- RMX 1500 manuals
- Polycom product data sheets
- information booklets
- or energy labels Polycom RMX 1500
All of them are important, but the most important information from the point of view of use of the device are in the user manual Polycom RMX 1500.

A group of documents referred to as user manuals is also divided into more specific types, such as: Installation manuals Polycom RMX 1500, service manual, brief instructions and user manuals Polycom RMX 1500. Depending on your needs, you should look for the document you need. In our website you can view the most popular manual of the product Polycom RMX 1500.

Similar manuals

A complete manual for the device Polycom RMX 1500, how should it look like?
A manual, also referred to as a user manual, or simply "instructions" is a technical document designed to assist in the use Polycom RMX 1500 by users. Manuals are usually written by a technical writer, but in a language understandable to all users of Polycom RMX 1500.

A complete Polycom manual, should contain several basic components. Some of them are less important, such as: cover / title page or copyright page. However, the remaining part should provide us with information that is important from the point of view of the user.

1. Preface and tips on how to use the manual Polycom RMX 1500 - At the beginning of each manual we should find clues about how to use the guidelines. It should include information about the location of the Contents of the Polycom RMX 1500, FAQ or common problems, i.e. places that are most often searched by users in each manual
2. Contents - index of all tips concerning the Polycom RMX 1500, that we can find in the current document
3. Tips how to use the basic functions of the device Polycom RMX 1500 - which should help us in our first steps of using Polycom RMX 1500
4. Troubleshooting - systematic sequence of activities that will help us diagnose and subsequently solve the most important problems with Polycom RMX 1500
5. FAQ - Frequently Asked Questions
6. Contact detailsInformation about where to look for contact to the manufacturer/service of Polycom RMX 1500 in a specific country, if it was not possible to solve the problem on our own.

Do you have a question concerning Polycom RMX 1500?

Use the form below

If you did not solve your problem by using a manual Polycom RMX 1500, ask a question using the form below. If a user had a similar problem with Polycom RMX 1500 it is likely that he will want to share the way to solve it.

Copy the text from the picture

Comments (0)